forked from OSchip/llvm-project
7577 lines
289 KiB
C++
7577 lines
289 KiB
C++
//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
|
|
//
|
|
// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
|
|
//
|
|
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
|
|
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
|
|
//
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
|
//
|
|
// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
|
|
//
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
|
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
|
|
#include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
|
|
#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
|
|
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
|
|
#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
|
|
#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
|
|
#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
|
|
#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
|
|
#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
|
|
#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
|
|
#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
|
|
#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
|
|
#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
|
|
#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
|
|
// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
|
|
#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
|
|
#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
|
|
#include <algorithm>
|
|
#include <cstring>
|
|
#include <functional>
|
|
using namespace clang;
|
|
using namespace sema;
|
|
|
|
Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) {
|
|
return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
|
|
/// return the declaration of that type.
|
|
///
|
|
/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
|
|
/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
|
|
/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
|
|
/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
|
|
/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
|
|
///
|
|
/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
|
|
/// and then return NULL.
|
|
ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
|
|
Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
|
|
bool isClassName,
|
|
ParsedType ObjectTypePtr) {
|
|
// Determine where we will perform name lookup.
|
|
DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
|
|
if (ObjectTypePtr) {
|
|
QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
|
|
if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
|
|
LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
|
|
} else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
|
|
LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
|
|
|
|
if (!LookupCtx) {
|
|
if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
|
|
// C++ [temp.res]p3:
|
|
// A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
|
|
// nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
|
|
// shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
|
|
// qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
|
|
// elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
|
|
//
|
|
// We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
|
|
// refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
|
|
if (!isClassName)
|
|
return ParsedType();
|
|
|
|
// We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
|
|
// so build a dependent node to describe the type.
|
|
QualType T =
|
|
CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SS->getScopeRep(), II,
|
|
SourceLocation(), SS->getRange(), NameLoc);
|
|
return ParsedType::make(T);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ParsedType();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
|
|
RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
|
|
return ParsedType();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
|
|
// lookup for class-names.
|
|
LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
|
|
LookupOrdinaryName;
|
|
LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
|
|
if (LookupCtx) {
|
|
// Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
|
|
// computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
|
|
// expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
|
|
// nested-name-specifier.
|
|
LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
|
|
|
|
if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
|
|
// C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
|
|
// If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
|
|
// in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
|
|
// the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
|
|
// looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
|
|
// find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
|
|
LookupName(Result, S);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Perform unqualified name lookup.
|
|
LookupName(Result, S);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
|
|
switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
|
|
case LookupResult::NotFound:
|
|
case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
|
|
case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
|
|
case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
|
|
Result.suppressDiagnostics();
|
|
return ParsedType();
|
|
|
|
case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
|
|
// Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll
|
|
// do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
|
|
// diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error
|
|
// about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
|
|
// that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
|
|
if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
|
|
Result.suppressDiagnostics();
|
|
return ParsedType();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
|
|
for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
|
|
Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
|
|
if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
|
|
if (!IIDecl ||
|
|
(*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
|
|
IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
|
|
IIDecl = *Res;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!IIDecl) {
|
|
// None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
|
|
// to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
|
|
// complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
|
|
// perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
|
|
// will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
|
|
// a type name.
|
|
Result.suppressDiagnostics();
|
|
return ParsedType();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
|
|
// ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
|
|
// answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
|
|
// perform the name lookup again.
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case LookupResult::Found:
|
|
IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
|
|
|
|
QualType T;
|
|
if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
|
|
DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
|
|
|
|
if (T.isNull())
|
|
T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
|
|
|
|
if (SS)
|
|
T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
|
|
|
|
} else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
|
|
T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
|
|
Result.suppressDiagnostics();
|
|
return ParsedType();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return ParsedType::make(T);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
|
|
/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If
|
|
/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
|
|
/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C
|
|
/// where the user forgot to specify the tag.
|
|
DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
|
|
// Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
|
|
LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
|
|
LookupName(R, S, false);
|
|
R.suppressDiagnostics();
|
|
if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
|
|
if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
|
|
switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
|
|
default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
|
|
case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
|
|
case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union;
|
|
case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class;
|
|
case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
|
|
SourceLocation IILoc,
|
|
Scope *S,
|
|
CXXScopeSpec *SS,
|
|
ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
|
|
// We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
|
|
SuggestedType = ParsedType();
|
|
|
|
// There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
|
|
// results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
|
|
LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
|
|
NotForRedeclaration);
|
|
|
|
if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) {
|
|
if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) {
|
|
if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) &&
|
|
!Result->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
// We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
|
|
if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
|
|
Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
|
|
<< &II << Lookup.getLookupName()
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc),
|
|
Result->getNameAsString());
|
|
else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
|
|
Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
|
|
<< &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange()
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc),
|
|
Result->getNameAsString());
|
|
else
|
|
llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
|
|
|
|
Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
|
|
<< Result->getDeclName();
|
|
|
|
SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (Lookup.empty()) {
|
|
// We corrected to a keyword.
|
|
// FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it.
|
|
Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
|
|
<< &II << Corrected;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
// See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
|
|
UnqualifiedId Name;
|
|
Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc);
|
|
CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
|
|
TemplateTy TemplateResult;
|
|
bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
|
|
if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
|
|
Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
|
|
MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
|
|
TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
|
|
Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
|
|
if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
|
|
Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
|
|
<< TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
|
|
// (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
|
|
|
|
if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
|
|
Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II;
|
|
else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
|
|
Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
|
|
<< &II << DC << SS->getRange();
|
|
else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
|
|
Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing)
|
|
<< (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName()
|
|
<< SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
|
|
SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get();
|
|
} else {
|
|
assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
|
|
"Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
|
|
// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
|
|
// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
|
|
DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
|
|
|
|
// Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
|
|
// finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
|
|
// the context we'll need to return to.
|
|
if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
|
|
DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
|
|
|
|
// A function not defined within a class will always return to its
|
|
// lexical context.
|
|
if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
|
|
return DC;
|
|
|
|
// A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
|
|
// it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost
|
|
// class is the context we need to return to.
|
|
while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
|
|
DC = RD;
|
|
|
|
// Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
|
|
// declared in.
|
|
return DC;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context
|
|
// of the class.
|
|
if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC))
|
|
return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent();
|
|
|
|
return DC->getLexicalParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
|
|
assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
|
|
"The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
|
|
CurContext = DC;
|
|
S->setEntity(DC);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
|
|
assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
|
|
|
|
CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
|
|
assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
|
|
/// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
|
|
///
|
|
void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
|
|
// C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
|
|
// A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
|
|
// X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
|
|
// if the name was used in a member function of X.
|
|
// C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
|
|
// If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
|
|
// scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
|
|
// the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
|
|
// if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
|
|
// namespace.
|
|
// Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
|
|
// is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use
|
|
// PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
|
|
// lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately,
|
|
// the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
|
|
|
|
assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
|
|
|
|
#ifndef NDEBUG
|
|
Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
|
|
while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
|
|
assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
CurContext = DC;
|
|
S->setEntity(DC);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
|
|
assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
|
|
|
|
// Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is
|
|
// enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
|
|
Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
|
|
while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
|
|
CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
|
|
|
|
// We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
|
|
// disappear.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
|
|
/// PrevDecl with another declaration.
|
|
///
|
|
/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
|
|
/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
|
|
/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
|
|
/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
|
|
/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
|
|
/// attribute.
|
|
static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
|
|
ASTContext &Context) {
|
|
if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
|
|
&& Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
|
|
void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
|
|
// Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
|
|
// non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
|
|
// scope.
|
|
while (S->getEntity() &&
|
|
((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
|
|
S = S->getParent();
|
|
|
|
// Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
|
|
// found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
|
|
// into any context.
|
|
if (AddToContext)
|
|
CurContext->addDecl(D);
|
|
|
|
// Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
|
|
// Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
|
|
if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
|
|
D->isOutOfLine())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
|
|
if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
|
|
cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// If this replaces anything in the current scope,
|
|
IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
|
|
IEnd = IdResolver.end();
|
|
for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
|
|
if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
|
|
S->RemoveDecl(*I);
|
|
IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
|
|
|
|
// Should only need to replace one decl.
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
S->AddDecl(D);
|
|
IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S) {
|
|
return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
|
|
DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
|
|
do {
|
|
if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
|
|
if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
|
|
return S;
|
|
} while ((S = S->getParent()));
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
|
|
DeclContext*,
|
|
ASTContext&);
|
|
|
|
/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
|
|
/// as determined by isDeclInScope.
|
|
static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
|
|
DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
|
|
bool ConsiderLinkage) {
|
|
LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
|
|
while (F.hasNext()) {
|
|
NamedDecl *D = F.next();
|
|
|
|
if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (ConsiderLinkage &&
|
|
isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
F.erase();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
F.done();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
|
|
return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
|
|
isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
|
|
isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
|
|
static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
|
|
LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
|
|
while (F.hasNext())
|
|
if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
|
|
F.erase();
|
|
|
|
F.done();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Check for this common pattern:
|
|
/// @code
|
|
/// class S {
|
|
/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
|
|
/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
|
|
/// };
|
|
/// @endcode
|
|
static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
|
|
// FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
|
|
// the decl here.
|
|
if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
|
|
return CD->isCopyConstructor();
|
|
if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
|
|
return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
|
|
assert(D);
|
|
|
|
if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// Ignore class templates.
|
|
if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
|
|
if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
|
|
if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
|
|
return false;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
|
|
if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
|
|
FD->isInlineSpecified())
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
|
|
Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
} else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
|
|
if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
|
|
VD->getType().isConstant(Context) ||
|
|
Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
|
|
VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
|
|
if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
|
|
if (!D)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
|
|
const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
|
|
if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
|
|
return; // First should already be in the vector.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
|
|
const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
|
|
if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
|
|
return; // First should already be in the vector.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
|
|
UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
|
|
if (D->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
|
|
if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
|
|
!D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
|
|
if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
|
|
|
|
// White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
|
|
QualType Ty = VD->getType();
|
|
|
|
// Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
|
|
if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
|
|
if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
|
|
// dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
|
|
if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
|
|
const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
|
|
if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
|
|
// FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor
|
|
// isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer
|
|
// has no side effects.
|
|
if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
|
|
if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
|
|
Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_exception_param)
|
|
<< D->getDeclName();
|
|
else
|
|
Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable)
|
|
<< D->getDeclName();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
|
|
if (S->decl_empty()) return;
|
|
assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
|
|
"Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
|
|
|
|
for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
|
|
I != E; ++I) {
|
|
Decl *TmpD = (*I);
|
|
assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
|
|
|
|
assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
|
|
NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
|
|
|
|
if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
|
|
|
|
// Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
|
|
if (S->getNumErrorsAtStart() == getDiagnostics().getNumErrors())
|
|
DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
|
|
|
|
// Remove this name from our lexical scope.
|
|
IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
|
|
///
|
|
/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
|
|
/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
|
|
/// to the fixed name.
|
|
///
|
|
/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
|
|
///
|
|
/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
|
|
/// if there is no class with the given name.
|
|
///
|
|
/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
|
|
/// class could not be found.
|
|
ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
|
|
SourceLocation IdLoc,
|
|
bool TypoCorrection) {
|
|
// The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
|
|
// creation from this context.
|
|
NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
|
|
|
|
if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) {
|
|
// Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
|
|
// find an Objective-C class name.
|
|
LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
|
|
if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) &&
|
|
(IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) {
|
|
Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
|
|
<< Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
|
|
Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
|
|
<< IDecl->getDeclName();
|
|
|
|
Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
|
|
/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
|
|
/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
|
|
/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
|
|
/// ill-formed in C++:
|
|
/// @code
|
|
/// struct S6 {
|
|
/// enum { BAR } e;
|
|
/// };
|
|
///
|
|
/// void test_S6() {
|
|
/// struct S6 a;
|
|
/// a.e = BAR;
|
|
/// }
|
|
/// @endcode
|
|
/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
|
|
/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
|
|
/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
|
|
/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
|
|
/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
|
|
/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
|
|
/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
|
|
/// contain non-field names.
|
|
Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
|
|
while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
|
|
(S->getEntity() &&
|
|
((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
|
|
(S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus))
|
|
S = S->getParent();
|
|
return S;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
|
|
/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
|
|
/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
|
|
/// built-in.
|
|
NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
|
|
Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
|
|
SourceLocation Loc) {
|
|
Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
|
|
|
|
ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
|
|
QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
|
|
switch (Error) {
|
|
case ASTContext::GE_None:
|
|
// Okay
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
|
|
if (ForRedeclaration)
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
|
|
<< Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
|
|
if (ForRedeclaration)
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
|
|
<< Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
|
|
<< Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
|
|
<< R;
|
|
if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
|
|
Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
|
|
!= Diagnostic::Ignored)
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
|
|
<< Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
|
|
<< Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
|
|
Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
|
|
Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
|
|
SC_Extern,
|
|
SC_None, false,
|
|
/*hasPrototype=*/true);
|
|
New->setImplicit();
|
|
|
|
// Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
|
|
// FunctionDecl.
|
|
if (FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
|
|
llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0,
|
|
FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
|
|
SC_None, SC_None, 0));
|
|
New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
|
|
|
|
// TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
|
|
// FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
|
|
// relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
|
|
// entirely, but we're not there yet.
|
|
DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
|
|
CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
|
|
PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
|
|
CurContext = SavedContext;
|
|
return New;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
|
|
/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out
|
|
/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
|
|
/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
|
|
///
|
|
void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
|
|
// If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
|
|
// merging checks.
|
|
if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
|
|
|
|
// Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
|
|
// FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
|
|
if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
|
|
const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
|
|
switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
|
|
default: break;
|
|
case 2:
|
|
if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
|
|
break;
|
|
Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType();
|
|
// Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
|
|
New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
|
|
return;
|
|
case 5:
|
|
if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
|
|
break;
|
|
Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType();
|
|
// Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
|
|
New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
|
|
return;
|
|
case 3:
|
|
if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
|
|
break;
|
|
Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType();
|
|
// Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
|
|
New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
|
|
return;
|
|
case 8:
|
|
if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol"))
|
|
break;
|
|
Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType());
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
// Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Verify the old decl was also a type.
|
|
TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
|
|
if (!Old) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
|
|
<< New->getDeclName();
|
|
|
|
NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
|
|
if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
|
|
Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
|
|
return New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
|
|
if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
return New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
// Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics.
|
|
QualType OldType;
|
|
if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old))
|
|
OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
|
|
else
|
|
OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
|
|
|
|
// If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
|
|
// with any extensions enabled.
|
|
|
|
if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() &&
|
|
Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) !=
|
|
Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
|
|
<< New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType;
|
|
if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
return New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
|
|
// declaration was a typedef.
|
|
// FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type
|
|
// spellings don't match exactly.
|
|
if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old))
|
|
New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old));
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().Microsoft)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
// C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
|
|
// In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
|
|
// redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
|
|
// to the type to which it already refers.
|
|
if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
|
|
// In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
|
|
// any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
|
|
// to refer to the type to which it already refers.
|
|
//
|
|
// This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
|
|
// wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
|
|
//
|
|
// struct S {
|
|
// typedef struct A { } A;
|
|
// };
|
|
//
|
|
// in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
|
|
// allow the above but disallow
|
|
//
|
|
// struct S {
|
|
// typedef int I;
|
|
// typedef int I;
|
|
// };
|
|
//
|
|
// since that was the intent of DR56.
|
|
if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
|
|
<< New->getDeclName();
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
return New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning
|
|
// is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
|
|
// -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is
|
|
// in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
|
|
if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
|
|
(Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
|
|
Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
|
|
<< New->getDeclName();
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
|
|
/// attribute.
|
|
static bool
|
|
DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
|
|
const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
|
|
for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
|
|
// FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
|
|
if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
|
|
return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// MergeDeclAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
|
|
static void MergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) {
|
|
if (!Old->hasAttrs())
|
|
return;
|
|
// Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
|
|
// we process them.
|
|
if (!New->hasAttrs())
|
|
New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
|
|
for (Decl::attr_iterator i = Old->attr_begin(), e = Old->attr_end(); i != e;
|
|
++i) {
|
|
// FIXME: Make this more general than just checking for Overloadable.
|
|
if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i) && (*i)->getKind() != attr::Overloadable) {
|
|
Attr *NewAttr = (*i)->clone(C);
|
|
NewAttr->setInherited(true);
|
|
New->addAttr(NewAttr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
namespace {
|
|
|
|
/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
|
|
/// C.
|
|
struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
|
|
ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
|
|
ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
|
|
QualType PromotedType;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
|
|
Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
|
|
if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
|
|
if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
|
|
return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
|
|
|
|
return Sema::CXXConstructor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD))
|
|
return Sema::CXXDestructor;
|
|
|
|
assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() &&
|
|
"Must have copy assignment operator");
|
|
return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
|
|
/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
|
|
/// GNU89 mode.
|
|
static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
|
|
const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
|
|
return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
|
|
FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
|
|
FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
|
|
/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
|
|
/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation,
|
|
/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
|
|
///
|
|
/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
|
|
/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
|
|
/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
|
|
/// merged with.
|
|
///
|
|
/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
|
|
bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) {
|
|
// Verify the old decl was also a function.
|
|
FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
|
|
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
|
|
= dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
|
|
Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
|
|
else
|
|
Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
|
|
if (!Old) {
|
|
if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
|
|
Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::note_using_decl_target);
|
|
Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
|
|
<< New->getDeclName();
|
|
Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
|
|
// implicit declaration, or a declaration.
|
|
diag::kind PrevDiag;
|
|
if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
|
|
PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
|
|
else if (Old->isImplicit())
|
|
PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
|
|
else
|
|
PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
|
|
|
|
QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
|
|
QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
|
|
|
|
// Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
|
|
// is an extern inline function.
|
|
if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
|
|
New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
|
|
Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
|
|
!canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
|
|
<< New;
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
|
|
// later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
|
|
// calling convention of the first.
|
|
//
|
|
// For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
|
|
// difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
|
|
// convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
|
|
// canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
|
|
// because it is the default calling convention.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
|
|
// other tests to run.
|
|
const FunctionType *OldType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
|
|
const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
|
|
const FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
|
|
const FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
|
|
if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default &&
|
|
NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
|
|
NewQType = Context.getCallConvType(NewQType, OldTypeInfo.getCC());
|
|
New->setType(NewQType);
|
|
NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewQType);
|
|
} else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
|
|
NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
|
|
// Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
|
|
<< FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
|
|
<< (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
|
|
<< (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
|
|
FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
|
|
if (OldType->getNoReturnAttr() && !NewType->getNoReturnAttr()) {
|
|
NewQType = Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType);
|
|
New->setType(NewQType);
|
|
assert(NewQType.isCanonical());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Merge regparm attribute.
|
|
if (OldType->getRegParmType() != NewType->getRegParmType()) {
|
|
if (NewType->getRegParmType()) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
|
|
<< NewType->getRegParmType()
|
|
<< OldType->getRegParmType();
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NewQType = Context.getRegParmType(NewQType, OldType->getRegParmType());
|
|
New->setType(NewQType);
|
|
assert(NewQType.isCanonical());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
// (C++98 13.1p2):
|
|
// Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
|
|
// -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
|
|
// cannot be overloaded.
|
|
QualType OldReturnType
|
|
= cast<FunctionType>(OldQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
|
|
QualType NewReturnType
|
|
= cast<FunctionType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
|
|
QualType ResQT;
|
|
if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
|
|
if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
|
|
&& OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
|
|
ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
|
|
if (ResQT.isNull()) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
NewQType = ResQT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
|
|
CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
|
|
if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
|
|
// Preserve triviality.
|
|
NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
|
|
|
|
bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
|
|
|
|
if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
|
|
// -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
|
|
// same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
|
|
// is a static member function declaration.
|
|
if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C++ [class.mem]p1:
|
|
// [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
|
|
// member-specification, except that a nested class or member
|
|
// class template can be declared and then later defined.
|
|
unsigned NewDiag;
|
|
if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
|
|
NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
|
|
else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
|
|
NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
|
|
else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
|
|
NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
|
|
else
|
|
NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
|
|
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
|
|
|
|
// Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
|
|
// member that was initially declared implicitly.
|
|
//
|
|
// As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
|
|
// to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
|
|
} else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
|
|
if (isFriend) {
|
|
NewMethod->setImplicit();
|
|
} else {
|
|
Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
|
|
<< New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// (C++98 8.3.5p3):
|
|
// All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
|
|
// return type and the parameter-type-list.
|
|
// attributes should be ignored when comparing.
|
|
if (Context.getNoReturnType(OldQType, false) ==
|
|
Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType, false))
|
|
return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
|
|
|
|
// Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
|
|
// duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
|
|
Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
|
|
const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
|
|
const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
|
|
const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
|
|
if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
|
|
(OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
|
|
// The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
|
|
// new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
|
|
assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
|
|
llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
|
|
OldProto->arg_type_end());
|
|
NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
|
|
ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
|
|
OldProto->isVariadic(),
|
|
OldProto->getTypeQuals(),
|
|
false, false, 0, 0,
|
|
OldProto->getExtInfo());
|
|
New->setType(NewQType);
|
|
New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
|
|
|
|
// Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
|
|
llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
|
|
for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
|
|
ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
|
|
ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
|
|
ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
|
|
ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
|
|
SourceLocation(), 0,
|
|
*ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
|
|
SC_None, SC_None,
|
|
0);
|
|
Param->setImplicit();
|
|
Params.push_back(Param);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
|
|
// if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
|
|
// match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
|
|
// promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
|
|
// from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
|
|
// the prototype.
|
|
//
|
|
// If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
|
|
// the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but
|
|
// it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
|
|
// C99 6.9.1p8.
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
|
|
Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
|
|
New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
|
|
Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
|
|
llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
|
|
llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
|
|
const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
|
|
= Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
|
|
const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
|
|
= New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
|
|
|
|
// Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
|
|
QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
|
|
NewProto->getResultType());
|
|
bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
|
|
for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
|
|
LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
|
|
ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
|
|
ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
|
|
if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
|
|
NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
|
|
ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
|
|
} else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
|
|
NewParm->getType(),
|
|
/*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
|
|
GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
|
|
= { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
|
|
Warnings.push_back(Warn);
|
|
ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
|
|
} else
|
|
LooseCompatible = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (LooseCompatible) {
|
|
for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
|
|
Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
|
|
<< Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
|
|
<< Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
|
|
if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
|
|
Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::note_previous_declaration);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
|
|
ArgTypes.size(),
|
|
OldProto->isVariadic(), 0,
|
|
false, false, 0, 0,
|
|
OldProto->getExtInfo()));
|
|
return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
|
|
// with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
|
|
if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
|
|
// The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
|
|
// signature.
|
|
if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
|
|
// The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
|
|
// function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
|
|
// redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
|
|
// library built-in.
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
|
|
<< Old << Old->getType();
|
|
New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
|
|
Old->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
|
|
/// known to be compatible.
|
|
///
|
|
/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
|
|
/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
|
|
/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
|
|
/// redeclaration of Old.
|
|
///
|
|
/// \returns false
|
|
bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
|
|
// Merge the attributes
|
|
MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context);
|
|
|
|
// Merge the storage class.
|
|
if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
|
|
Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
|
|
New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
|
|
|
|
// Merge "pure" flag.
|
|
if (Old->isPure())
|
|
New->setPure();
|
|
|
|
// Merge the "deleted" flag.
|
|
if (Old->isDeleted())
|
|
New->setDeleted();
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old);
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
|
|
/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this
|
|
/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
|
|
///
|
|
/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
|
|
/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
|
|
/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
|
|
///
|
|
void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
|
|
// If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
|
|
if (New->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Verify the old decl was also a variable.
|
|
VarDecl *Old = 0;
|
|
if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
|
|
!(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
|
|
<< New->getDeclName();
|
|
Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
return New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C++ [class.mem]p1:
|
|
// A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
|
|
//
|
|
// Here, we need only consider static data members.
|
|
if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
|
|
<< New->getIdentifier();
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
|
|
New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context);
|
|
|
|
// Merge the types
|
|
QualType MergedT;
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()))
|
|
MergedT = New->getType();
|
|
// C++ [basic.link]p10:
|
|
// [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
|
|
// object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
|
|
// array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
|
|
// absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
|
|
else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
|
|
New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
|
|
CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
|
|
= Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
|
|
CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
|
|
= Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
|
|
if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
|
|
MergedT = New->getType();
|
|
} else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
|
|
New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
|
|
CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
|
|
= Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
|
|
CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
|
|
= Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
|
|
if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
|
|
MergedT = Old->getType();
|
|
} else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
|
|
&& Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
|
|
MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), Old->getType());
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
|
|
}
|
|
if (MergedT.isNull()) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
|
|
<< New->getDeclName();
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
return New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
New->setType(MergedT);
|
|
|
|
// C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
|
|
if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
|
|
(Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
return New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
// C99 6.2.2p4:
|
|
// For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
|
|
// extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
|
|
// identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
|
|
// internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
|
|
// the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
|
|
// the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
|
|
// if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
|
|
// identifier has external linkage.
|
|
if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
|
|
/* Okay */;
|
|
else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
|
|
Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
return New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
|
|
// need to check for mismatches.
|
|
if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
|
|
// Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
|
|
!(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
|
|
!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
return New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
} else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
|
|
Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
|
|
const VarDecl *Def;
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
|
|
New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
|
|
(Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
|
|
<< New->getDeclName();
|
|
Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
// c99 6.2.2 P4.
|
|
// For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
|
|
// scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
|
|
// the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
|
|
// of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
|
|
// specified at the prior declaration.
|
|
// FIXME. revisit this code.
|
|
if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
|
|
Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage &&
|
|
New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext())
|
|
New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
|
|
|
|
// Keep a chain of previous declarations.
|
|
New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
|
|
|
|
// Inherit access appropriately.
|
|
New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
|
|
/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
|
|
Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
|
|
DeclSpec &DS) {
|
|
// FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit
|
|
// FIXME: Warn on useless __thread
|
|
// FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile
|
|
// FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable
|
|
// FIXME: Warn on useless attributes
|
|
Decl *TagD = 0;
|
|
TagDecl *Tag = 0;
|
|
if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
|
|
DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
|
|
DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
|
|
DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
|
|
TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
|
|
|
|
if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
// Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
|
|
// type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
|
|
// it's a Type.
|
|
Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
|
|
// Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
|
|
// or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
|
|
if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
|
|
Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
|
|
<< DS.getSourceRange();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
|
|
// If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
|
|
// whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
|
|
if (TagD && !Tag)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
|
|
ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes());
|
|
|
|
if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() &&
|
|
DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
|
|
Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
|
|
return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
|
|
|
|
Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
|
|
<< DS.getSourceRange();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Microsoft allows unnamed struct/union fields. Don't complain
|
|
// about them.
|
|
// FIXME: Should we support Microsoft's extensions in this area?
|
|
if (Record->getDeclName() && getLangOptions().Microsoft)
|
|
return Tag;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
|
|
DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
|
|
if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
|
|
if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
|
|
!Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
|
|
<< DS.getSourceRange();
|
|
|
|
if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() &&
|
|
DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) {
|
|
// Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
|
|
// extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
|
|
if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
|
|
Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
|
|
Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
|
|
<< DS.getSourceRange();
|
|
return Tag;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
|
|
<< DS.getSourceRange();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TagD;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec.
|
|
/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated.
|
|
StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) {
|
|
StmtResult R;
|
|
if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) {
|
|
Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr();
|
|
QualType Ty = Exp->getType();
|
|
if (Ty->isPointerType()) {
|
|
do
|
|
Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
|
|
while (Ty->isPointerType());
|
|
}
|
|
if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
|
|
R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return R;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
|
|
/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
|
|
///
|
|
/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
|
|
static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
|
|
Scope *S,
|
|
DeclContext *Owner,
|
|
DeclarationName Name,
|
|
SourceLocation NameLoc,
|
|
unsigned diagnostic) {
|
|
LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
|
|
Sema::ForRedeclaration);
|
|
if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
|
|
|
|
if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// Pick a representative declaration.
|
|
NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
|
|
assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
|
|
|
|
if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
|
|
SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
|
|
/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
|
|
/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
|
|
/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
|
|
/// struct, e.g.,
|
|
///
|
|
/// @code
|
|
/// union {
|
|
/// int i;
|
|
/// float f;
|
|
/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
|
|
/// // f into the surrounding scope.x
|
|
/// @endcode
|
|
///
|
|
/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
|
|
/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
|
|
static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
|
|
DeclContext *Owner,
|
|
RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
|
|
AccessSpecifier AS) {
|
|
unsigned diagKind
|
|
= AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
|
|
: diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
|
|
|
|
bool Invalid = false;
|
|
for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F = AnonRecord->field_begin(),
|
|
FEnd = AnonRecord->field_end();
|
|
F != FEnd; ++F) {
|
|
if ((*F)->getDeclName()) {
|
|
if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, (*F)->getDeclName(),
|
|
(*F)->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
|
|
// C++ [class.union]p2:
|
|
// The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
|
|
// distinct from the names of any other entity in the
|
|
// scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// C++ [class.union]p2:
|
|
// For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
|
|
// definition, the members of the anonymous union are
|
|
// considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
|
|
// anonymous union is declared.
|
|
Owner->makeDeclVisibleInContext(*F);
|
|
S->AddDecl(*F);
|
|
SemaRef.IdResolver.AddDecl(*F);
|
|
|
|
// That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
|
|
if (AS != AS_none) (*F)->setAccess(AS);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (const RecordType *InnerRecordType
|
|
= (*F)->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
|
|
RecordDecl *InnerRecord = InnerRecordType->getDecl();
|
|
if (InnerRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
|
|
Invalid = Invalid ||
|
|
InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(SemaRef, S, Owner,
|
|
InnerRecord, AS);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return Invalid;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
|
|
/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
|
|
/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
|
|
static StorageClass
|
|
StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
|
|
switch (StorageClassSpec) {
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None;
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern;
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static;
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto;
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register;
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
|
|
// Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through.
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None;
|
|
}
|
|
llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
|
|
/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
|
|
/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
|
|
static StorageClass
|
|
StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
|
|
switch (StorageClassSpec) {
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None;
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern;
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static;
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
|
|
// Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through.
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through.
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through.
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None;
|
|
}
|
|
llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// ActOnAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
|
|
/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
|
|
/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures
|
|
/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension.
|
|
Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
|
|
AccessSpecifier AS,
|
|
RecordDecl *Record) {
|
|
DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
|
|
|
|
// Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
|
|
if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
|
|
else if (!Record->isUnion())
|
|
Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct);
|
|
|
|
// C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
|
|
// structs/unions.
|
|
bool Invalid = false;
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
const char* PrevSpec = 0;
|
|
unsigned DiagID;
|
|
// C++ [class.union]p3:
|
|
// Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
|
|
// global namespace shall be declared static.
|
|
if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
|
|
(isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
|
|
(isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
|
|
cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
|
|
Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static);
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
|
|
// Recover by adding 'static'.
|
|
DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
|
|
PrevSpec, DiagID);
|
|
}
|
|
// C++ [class.union]p3:
|
|
// A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
|
|
// anonymous union in a class scope.
|
|
else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
|
|
isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
|
|
Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec);
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
|
|
// Recover by removing the storage specifier.
|
|
DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(),
|
|
PrevSpec, DiagID);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C++ [class.union]p2:
|
|
// The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
|
|
// define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
|
|
// functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
|
|
for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
|
|
MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
|
|
Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
|
|
if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
|
|
// C++ [class.union]p3:
|
|
// An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
|
|
// members (clause 11).
|
|
assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
|
|
if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
|
|
<< (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
} else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
|
|
// Any implicit members are fine.
|
|
} else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
|
|
// This is a type that showed up in an
|
|
// elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
|
|
// union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
|
|
// anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
|
|
} else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
|
|
if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
|
|
MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
|
|
// Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
|
|
if (getLangOptions().Microsoft)
|
|
Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
|
|
<< (int)Record->isUnion();
|
|
else {
|
|
// This is a nested type declaration.
|
|
Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
|
|
<< (int)Record->isUnion();
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
|
|
// Any access specifier is fine.
|
|
} else {
|
|
// We have something that isn't a non-static data
|
|
// member. Complain about it.
|
|
unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
|
|
if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
|
|
DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
|
|
else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
|
|
DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
|
|
else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
|
|
DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
|
|
|
|
// Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
|
|
if (getLangOptions().Microsoft &&
|
|
DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
|
|
Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
|
|
<< (int)Record->isUnion();
|
|
else {
|
|
Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
|
|
<< (int)Record->isUnion();
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
|
|
Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
|
|
<< (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Mock up a declarator.
|
|
Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
|
|
assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
|
|
|
|
// Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
|
|
NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
|
|
if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
|
|
Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(),
|
|
/*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
|
|
Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
|
|
TInfo,
|
|
/*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
|
|
Anon->setAccess(AS);
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
|
|
} else {
|
|
DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
|
|
assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
|
|
"Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
|
|
VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
|
|
if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
|
|
// mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
|
|
// an error here
|
|
Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
SC = SC_None;
|
|
}
|
|
SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
|
|
VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
|
|
= StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
|
|
|
|
Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(),
|
|
/*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
|
|
Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
|
|
TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
|
|
}
|
|
Anon->setImplicit();
|
|
|
|
// Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
|
|
// context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
|
|
// its members.
|
|
Owner->addDecl(Anon);
|
|
|
|
// Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
|
|
// context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
|
|
// purposes.
|
|
if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS))
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
|
|
// Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
|
|
// do this until after we have already checked and injected the
|
|
// members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
|
|
// the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
|
|
// builds its lookup table, and once by
|
|
// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
|
|
Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
|
|
|
|
if (Invalid)
|
|
Anon->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
return Anon;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
|
|
/// given Declarator.
|
|
DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
|
|
return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
|
|
DeclarationNameInfo
|
|
Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
|
|
DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
|
|
NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
|
|
|
|
switch (Name.getKind()) {
|
|
|
|
case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
|
|
NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
|
|
NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
|
|
return NameInfo;
|
|
|
|
case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
|
|
NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
|
|
Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
|
|
NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
|
|
NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
|
|
= Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
|
|
NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
|
|
= Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
|
|
return NameInfo;
|
|
|
|
case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
|
|
NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
|
|
Name.Identifier));
|
|
NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
|
|
NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
|
|
return NameInfo;
|
|
|
|
case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
|
|
QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
|
|
if (Ty.isNull())
|
|
return DeclarationNameInfo();
|
|
NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
|
|
Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
|
|
NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
|
|
NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
|
|
return NameInfo;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
|
|
QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
|
|
if (Ty.isNull())
|
|
return DeclarationNameInfo();
|
|
NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
|
|
Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
|
|
NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
|
|
NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
|
|
return NameInfo;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
|
|
// In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
|
|
// template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
|
|
// to find the actual type being constructed.
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
|
|
if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
|
|
return DeclarationNameInfo();
|
|
|
|
// Determine the type of the class being constructed.
|
|
QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
|
|
// CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
|
|
// was qualified.
|
|
|
|
NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
|
|
Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
|
|
NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
|
|
// FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
|
|
NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
|
|
return NameInfo;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
|
|
QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
|
|
if (Ty.isNull())
|
|
return DeclarationNameInfo();
|
|
NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
|
|
Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
|
|
NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
|
|
NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
|
|
return NameInfo;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
|
|
TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
|
|
SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
|
|
return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} // switch (Name.getKind())
|
|
|
|
assert(false && "Unknown name kind");
|
|
return DeclarationNameInfo();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions
|
|
/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic
|
|
/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line
|
|
/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within
|
|
/// the class or namespace.
|
|
static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context,
|
|
FunctionDecl *Declaration,
|
|
FunctionDecl *Definition) {
|
|
if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
|
|
return false;
|
|
for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
|
|
QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
|
|
QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
|
|
|
|
if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(),
|
|
DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType()))
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
|
|
/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
|
|
/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
|
|
/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec
|
|
/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
|
|
static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
|
|
DeclarationName Name) {
|
|
// The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
|
|
// - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
|
|
// - types which will become injected class names
|
|
// Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
|
|
// type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
|
|
// few cases here.
|
|
|
|
DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
|
|
switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
|
|
case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
|
|
case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
|
|
case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: {
|
|
// Grab the type from the parser.
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
|
|
QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
|
|
if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
|
|
|
|
// Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much
|
|
// of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
|
|
// attached already.
|
|
if (!TSI)
|
|
TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
|
|
|
|
// Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
|
|
TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
|
|
if (!TSI) return true;
|
|
|
|
// Store the new type back in the decl spec.
|
|
ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
|
|
DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
|
|
Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
|
|
ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
|
|
if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
|
|
DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
// Nothing to do for these decl specs.
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
|
|
for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
|
|
DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
|
|
|
|
// The only type information in the declarator which can come
|
|
// before the declaration name is the base type of a member
|
|
// pointer.
|
|
if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
// Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
|
|
CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
|
|
if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
|
|
return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
|
|
MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
|
|
bool IsFunctionDefinition) {
|
|
// TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
|
|
DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
|
|
DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
|
|
|
|
// All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have
|
|
// one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
|
|
if (!Name) {
|
|
if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid.
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
|
|
diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
|
|
<< D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until
|
|
// we find one that is.
|
|
while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
|
|
(S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
|
|
S = S->getParent();
|
|
|
|
DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
|
|
if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
|
|
D.setInvalidType();
|
|
else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
|
|
bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
|
|
DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
|
|
if (!DC) {
|
|
// If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
|
|
// declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
|
|
// class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
|
|
// and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
|
|
<< (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
|
|
<< D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
|
|
|
|
if (!IsDependentContext &&
|
|
RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
|
|
if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
|
|
<< Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
|
|
D.setInvalidType();
|
|
} else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) &&
|
|
!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
|
|
// The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class
|
|
// definition:
|
|
//
|
|
// class X {
|
|
// void X::f();
|
|
// };
|
|
if (CurContext->Equals(DC))
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification)
|
|
<< Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange());
|
|
else
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification)
|
|
<< Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
|
|
|
|
// Pretend that this qualifier was not here.
|
|
D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
|
|
// declaration in the current instantiation.
|
|
if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
|
|
TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
|
|
ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
|
|
if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
|
|
D.setInvalidType();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C++ [class.mem]p13:
|
|
// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
|
|
// name different from T:
|
|
// - every static data member of class T;
|
|
// - every member function of class T
|
|
// - every member of class T that is itself a type;
|
|
if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
|
|
if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class)
|
|
<< Name;
|
|
|
|
// If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
|
|
// Just return early; it's safer.
|
|
if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NamedDecl *New;
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
|
|
QualType R = TInfo->getType();
|
|
|
|
LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
|
|
ForRedeclaration);
|
|
|
|
// See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
|
|
if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
|
|
bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
|
|
|
|
// If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
|
|
// or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
|
|
// linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
|
|
if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
|
|
/* Do nothing*/;
|
|
else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
|
|
if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
|
|
D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
|
|
IsLinkageLookup = true;
|
|
} else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
|
|
IsLinkageLookup = true;
|
|
else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
|
|
D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
|
|
IsLinkageLookup = true;
|
|
|
|
if (IsLinkageLookup)
|
|
Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
|
|
|
|
LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
|
|
} else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
|
|
LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
|
|
|
|
// Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for
|
|
// out-of-line members.
|
|
RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
|
|
|
|
// C++ 7.3.1.2p2:
|
|
// Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named
|
|
// namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit
|
|
// qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being
|
|
// defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears
|
|
// after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the
|
|
// declarations namespace.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet
|
|
// have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually
|
|
// the declaration we want to match. For example, given:
|
|
//
|
|
// class X {
|
|
// void f();
|
|
// void f(float);
|
|
// };
|
|
//
|
|
// void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
|
|
//
|
|
// In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set
|
|
// containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
|
|
// matches.
|
|
|
|
// First check whether we named the global scope.
|
|
if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
|
|
<< Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
|
|
} else {
|
|
DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
|
|
while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
|
|
Cur = Cur->getParent();
|
|
if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
|
|
// The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration.
|
|
// Emit diagnostic based on current scope.
|
|
SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc();
|
|
SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
|
|
if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
|
|
Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R;
|
|
else
|
|
Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
|
|
<< Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R;
|
|
D.setInvalidType();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
|
|
Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
|
|
// Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
|
|
if (!D.isInvalidType())
|
|
if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
|
|
Previous.getFoundDecl()))
|
|
D.setInvalidType();
|
|
|
|
// Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
|
|
Previous.clear();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
|
|
// (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
|
|
// tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
|
|
// typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
|
|
if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
|
|
D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
|
|
Previous.clear();
|
|
|
|
bool Redeclaration = false;
|
|
if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
|
|
if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration);
|
|
} else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
|
|
New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous,
|
|
move(TemplateParamLists),
|
|
IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration);
|
|
} else {
|
|
New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous,
|
|
move(TemplateParamLists),
|
|
Redeclaration);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (New == 0)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
// If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
|
|
// function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
|
|
if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl()))
|
|
PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
|
|
|
|
return New;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
|
|
/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
|
|
/// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
|
|
static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
|
|
ASTContext &Context,
|
|
bool &SizeIsNegative,
|
|
llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
|
|
// This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
|
|
// array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary
|
|
// for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
|
|
// constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
|
|
SizeIsNegative = false;
|
|
Oversized = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (T->isDependentType())
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
QualifierCollector Qs;
|
|
const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
|
|
|
|
if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
|
|
QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
|
|
QualType FixedType =
|
|
TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
|
|
Oversized);
|
|
if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
|
|
FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
|
|
return Qs.apply(FixedType);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
|
|
if (!VLATy)
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
// FIXME: We should probably handle this case
|
|
if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
|
|
if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
|
|
!VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) ||
|
|
!EvalResult.Val.isInt())
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
// Check whether the array size is negative.
|
|
llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
|
|
if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
|
|
SizeIsNegative = true;
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
|
|
unsigned ActiveSizeBits
|
|
= ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
|
|
Res);
|
|
if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
|
|
Oversized = Res;
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
|
|
Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
|
|
/// that it can be found later for redeclarations
|
|
void
|
|
Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
|
|
const LookupResult &Previous,
|
|
Scope *S) {
|
|
assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
|
|
"Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
|
|
// Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
|
|
LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
|
|
|
|
if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
|
|
|
|
// If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
|
|
// in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
|
|
// declaration.
|
|
if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
|
|
// The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
|
|
// chain, so remove it from its scope.
|
|
while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
|
|
S = S->getParent();
|
|
|
|
if (S)
|
|
S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
|
|
/// does not identify a function.
|
|
void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
|
|
// FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
|
|
// confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
|
|
if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_inline_non_function);
|
|
|
|
if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_virtual_non_function);
|
|
|
|
if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_explicit_non_function);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NamedDecl*
|
|
Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
|
|
QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
|
|
LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
|
|
// Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
|
|
if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
|
|
<< D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
|
|
D.setInvalidType();
|
|
// Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
|
|
DC = CurContext;
|
|
Previous.clear();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
// Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
|
|
CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
|
|
|
|
if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
|
|
|
|
if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
|
|
Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
|
|
<< D.getName().getSourceRange();
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo);
|
|
if (!NewTD) return 0;
|
|
|
|
// Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
|
|
ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
|
|
|
|
// C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
|
|
// then it shall have block scope.
|
|
// Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
|
|
// that redeclarations will match.
|
|
QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType();
|
|
if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
|
|
getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
|
|
|
|
if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
|
|
bool SizeIsNegative;
|
|
llvm::APSInt Oversized;
|
|
QualType FixedTy =
|
|
TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
|
|
Oversized);
|
|
if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
|
|
NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy));
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (SizeIsNegative)
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
|
|
else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
|
|
else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large)
|
|
<< Oversized.toString(10);
|
|
else
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
|
|
NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
|
|
// in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
|
|
FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false);
|
|
if (!Previous.empty()) {
|
|
Redeclaration = true;
|
|
MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
|
|
if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
|
|
if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
|
|
NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
|
|
if (II->isStr("FILE"))
|
|
Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
|
|
else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
|
|
Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
|
|
else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
|
|
Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
|
|
else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list"))
|
|
Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NewTD;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
|
|
/// previous declaration.
|
|
///
|
|
/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
|
|
/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
|
|
/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
|
|
/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
|
|
/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
|
|
/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
|
|
///
|
|
/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
|
|
/// lookup
|
|
///
|
|
/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
|
|
/// declared.
|
|
///
|
|
/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
|
|
/// for a new delcaration with the same name.
|
|
static bool
|
|
isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
|
|
ASTContext &Context) {
|
|
if (!PrevDecl)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
// C++ [basic.link]p6:
|
|
// If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
|
|
// having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
|
|
// outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
|
|
// scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
|
|
// linkage of the previous declaration.
|
|
DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
|
|
if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
|
|
// This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
|
|
if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
|
|
// We found a member function: ignore it.
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
|
|
// previous declarations.
|
|
OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
|
|
PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
|
|
|
|
// The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
|
|
// isn't the same function.
|
|
if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
|
|
CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
|
|
if (!SS.isSet()) return;
|
|
DD->setQualifierInfo(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
|
|
SS.getRange());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NamedDecl*
|
|
Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
|
|
QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
|
|
LookupResult &Previous,
|
|
MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
|
|
bool &Redeclaration) {
|
|
DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
|
|
|
|
// Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
|
|
|
|
DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
|
|
assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
|
|
"Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
|
|
VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
|
|
if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
|
|
// mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
|
|
// an error here
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
|
|
D.setInvalidType();
|
|
SC = SC_None;
|
|
}
|
|
SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
|
|
VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
|
|
= StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
|
|
|
|
IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
|
|
if (!II) {
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
|
|
<< Name.getAsString();
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
|
|
|
|
if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
|
|
// C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
|
|
// appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
|
|
if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
|
|
|
|
// If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
|
|
// is a GNU extension.
|
|
if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
|
|
else
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
|
|
D.setInvalidType();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
|
|
// This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
|
|
if (SC == SC_Static) {
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_static_out_of_line)
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
|
|
} else if (SC == SC_None)
|
|
SC = SC_Static;
|
|
}
|
|
if (SC == SC_Static) {
|
|
if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
|
|
if (RD->isLocalClass())
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
|
|
<< Name << RD->getDeclName();
|
|
|
|
// C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
|
|
// the program is ill-formed.
|
|
//
|
|
// We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
|
|
if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName()))
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct)
|
|
<< Name << RD->isUnion();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
|
|
// determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
|
|
bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
|
|
unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size();
|
|
bool Invalid = false;
|
|
if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
|
|
= MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
|
|
D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
|
|
D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
|
|
TemplateParamLists.get(),
|
|
TemplateParamLists.size(),
|
|
/*never a friend*/ false,
|
|
isExplicitSpecialization,
|
|
Invalid)) {
|
|
// All but one template parameter lists have been matching.
|
|
--NumMatchedTemplateParamLists;
|
|
|
|
if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
|
|
// There is no such thing as a variable template.
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
|
|
<< II
|
|
<< SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
|
|
TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
|
|
return 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
|
|
// about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
|
|
Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
|
|
<< II
|
|
<< SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
|
|
TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
|
|
|
|
isExplicitSpecialization = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
VarDecl *NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
|
|
II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
|
|
|
|
if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
|
|
NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
|
|
|
|
if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
|
|
NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
|
|
NumMatchedTemplateParamLists,
|
|
TemplateParamLists.release());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
|
|
if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
|
|
else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported())
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
|
|
else
|
|
NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
|
|
// lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
|
|
NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
|
|
|
|
// Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
|
|
ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
|
|
|
|
// Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
|
|
if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
|
|
// The parser guarantees this is a string.
|
|
StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
|
|
NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
|
|
Context, SE->getString()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
|
|
if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
|
|
CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
|
|
|
|
// Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
|
|
// scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
|
|
// declaration has linkage).
|
|
FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage());
|
|
|
|
// Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
|
|
if (!Previous.empty()) {
|
|
if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
|
|
isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
|
|
D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
|
|
// The user tried to define a non-static data member
|
|
// out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
|
|
Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
|
|
<< D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
|
|
Previous.clear();
|
|
NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
|
|
// No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
|
|
<< Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
|
|
<< D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
|
|
NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration);
|
|
|
|
// This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
|
|
if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
|
|
CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
|
|
NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
// attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
|
|
// FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not
|
|
// here.
|
|
if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
|
|
VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
|
|
if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) &&
|
|
Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) {
|
|
Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
|
|
Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
|
|
// such variables.
|
|
if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
|
|
!NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
|
|
|
|
// If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
|
|
// member, set the visibility of this variable.
|
|
if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
|
|
AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
|
|
|
|
MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD);
|
|
|
|
return NewVD;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements
|
|
/// -Wshadow.
|
|
///
|
|
/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
|
|
/// scope.
|
|
///
|
|
/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
|
|
/// \param R the lookup of the name
|
|
///
|
|
void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
|
|
// Return if warning is ignored.
|
|
if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) == Diagnostic::Ignored)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. The scope might not
|
|
// have a DeclContext if (e.g.) we're parsing a function prototype.
|
|
DeclContext *NewDC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity());
|
|
if (NewDC && NewDC->isFileContext())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
|
|
if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
|
|
if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
|
|
|
|
// Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
|
|
if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
|
|
// In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
|
|
if (!OldDC->isRecord())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
|
|
// static data members from base classes?
|
|
|
|
// TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
|
|
// This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
|
|
// shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
|
|
unsigned Kind;
|
|
if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
|
|
if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
|
|
Kind = 3; // field
|
|
else
|
|
Kind = 2; // static data member
|
|
} else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
|
|
Kind = 1; // global
|
|
else
|
|
Kind = 0; // local
|
|
|
|
DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
|
|
|
|
// Emit warning and note.
|
|
Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
|
|
Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
|
|
void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
|
|
LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
|
|
Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
|
|
LookupName(R, S);
|
|
CheckShadow(S, D, R);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
|
|
/// declaration.
|
|
///
|
|
/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
|
|
/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
|
|
/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
|
|
/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
|
|
/// that have been instantiated from a template.
|
|
///
|
|
/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
|
|
void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
|
|
LookupResult &Previous,
|
|
bool &Redeclaration) {
|
|
// If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
|
|
if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
QualType T = NewVD->getType();
|
|
|
|
if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
|
|
Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object);
|
|
return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
|
|
// This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
|
|
// automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
|
|
// ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
|
|
if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
|
|
Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
|
|
return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
|
|
&& !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
|
|
Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
|
|
|
|
bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
|
|
if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
|
|
NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
|
|
getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
|
|
|
|
if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
|
|
(T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
|
|
bool SizeIsNegative;
|
|
llvm::APSInt Oversized;
|
|
QualType FixedTy =
|
|
TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
|
|
Oversized);
|
|
|
|
if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
|
|
const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
|
|
// FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
|
|
// int a[10][n];
|
|
SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
|
|
|
|
if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
|
|
Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
|
|
<< SizeRange;
|
|
else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
|
|
Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
|
|
<< SizeRange;
|
|
else
|
|
Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
|
|
<< SizeRange;
|
|
return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (FixedTy.isNull()) {
|
|
if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
|
|
Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
|
|
else
|
|
Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
|
|
return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
|
|
NewVD->setType(FixedTy);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
|
|
// Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
|
|
// an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
|
|
// declaration with the same name.
|
|
llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
|
|
= LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName());
|
|
if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
|
|
Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
|
|
Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
|
|
<< T;
|
|
return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
|
|
Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
|
|
return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
|
|
Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
|
|
return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only
|
|
// function pointer-to-members can do that.
|
|
QualType Pointee;
|
|
unsigned PtrOrRef = 0;
|
|
if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
|
|
Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType();
|
|
else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
|
|
Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType();
|
|
PtrOrRef = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() &&
|
|
Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) {
|
|
Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer)
|
|
<< PtrOrRef;
|
|
return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!Previous.empty()) {
|
|
Redeclaration = true;
|
|
MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
|
|
struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
|
|
Sema *S;
|
|
CXXMethodDecl *Method;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
|
|
/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
|
|
/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
|
|
static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
|
|
CXXBasePath &Path,
|
|
void *UserData) {
|
|
RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
|
|
|
|
FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
|
|
= reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
|
|
|
|
DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
|
|
if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
|
|
// We really want to find the base class destructor here.
|
|
QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
|
|
CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
|
|
|
|
Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
|
|
Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second;
|
|
++Path.Decls.first) {
|
|
NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first;
|
|
if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
|
|
if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
|
|
/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
|
|
bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
|
|
// Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
|
|
CXXBasePaths Paths;
|
|
FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
|
|
Data.Method = MD;
|
|
Data.S = this;
|
|
bool AddedAny = false;
|
|
if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
|
|
for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
|
|
E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
|
|
if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
|
|
if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
|
|
!CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
|
|
!CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD)) {
|
|
MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
|
|
AddedAny = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return AddedAny;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) {
|
|
LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(),
|
|
Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
|
|
S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext());
|
|
assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
|
|
"Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
|
|
for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
|
|
Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
|
|
if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) &&
|
|
isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD))
|
|
S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// CheckClassMemberNameAttributes - Check for class member name checking
|
|
/// attributes according to [dcl.attr.override]
|
|
static void
|
|
CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(Sema& SemaRef, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
|
|
const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
|
|
if (!MD || !MD->isVirtual())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
bool HasOverrideAttr = MD->hasAttr<OverrideAttr>();
|
|
bool HasOverriddenMethods =
|
|
MD->begin_overridden_methods() != MD->end_overridden_methods();
|
|
|
|
/// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p2:
|
|
/// If a virtual member function f is marked override and does not override
|
|
/// a member function of a base class the program is ill-formed.
|
|
if (HasOverrideAttr && !HasOverriddenMethods) {
|
|
SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::err_override_function_not_overriding)
|
|
<< MD->getDeclName();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!MD->getParent()->hasAttr<BaseCheckAttr>())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p6:
|
|
/// In a class definition marked base_check, if a virtual member function
|
|
/// that is neither implicitly-declared nor a destructor overrides a
|
|
/// member function of a base class and it is not marked override, the
|
|
/// program is ill-formed.
|
|
if (HasOverriddenMethods && !HasOverrideAttr && !MD->isImplicit() &&
|
|
!isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
|
|
llvm::SmallVector<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4>
|
|
OverriddenMethods(MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
|
|
MD->end_overridden_methods());
|
|
|
|
SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::err_function_overriding_without_override)
|
|
<< MD->getDeclName() << (unsigned)OverriddenMethods.size();
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned I = 0; I != OverriddenMethods.size(); ++I)
|
|
SemaRef.Diag(OverriddenMethods[I]->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NamedDecl*
|
|
Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
|
|
QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
|
|
LookupResult &Previous,
|
|
MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
|
|
bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) {
|
|
assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
|
|
|
|
// TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
|
|
DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
|
|
DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
|
|
FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None;
|
|
switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!");
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
|
|
D.setInvalidType();
|
|
break;
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break;
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break;
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
|
|
if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
|
|
// C99 6.7.1p5:
|
|
// The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
|
|
// block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
|
|
// other than extern
|
|
// See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_static_block_func);
|
|
SC = SC_None;
|
|
} else
|
|
SC = SC_Static;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
|
|
|
|
bool isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
|
|
bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
|
|
bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
|
|
bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
|
|
|
|
DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
|
|
FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
|
|
= StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
|
|
|
|
// Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
|
|
// For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
|
|
// the class has been completely parsed.
|
|
if (!DC->isRecord() &&
|
|
RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
|
|
R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
|
|
diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
|
|
AbstractReturnType))
|
|
D.setInvalidType();
|
|
|
|
// Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
|
|
if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
|
|
<< R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
|
|
D.setInvalidType();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool isVirtualOkay = false;
|
|
FunctionDecl *NewFD;
|
|
|
|
if (isFriend) {
|
|
// C++ [class.friend]p5
|
|
// A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
|
|
// class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
|
|
isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
|
|
// This is a C++ constructor declaration.
|
|
assert(DC->isRecord() &&
|
|
"Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
|
|
|
|
R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
|
|
|
|
// Create the new declaration
|
|
NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context,
|
|
cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
|
|
NameInfo, R, TInfo,
|
|
isExplicit, isInline,
|
|
/*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
|
|
} else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
|
|
// This is a C++ destructor declaration.
|
|
if (DC->isRecord()) {
|
|
R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
|
|
|
|
NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context,
|
|
cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
|
|
NameInfo, R, TInfo,
|
|
isInline,
|
|
/*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
|
|
isVirtualOkay = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
|
|
|
|
// Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
|
|
// code path.
|
|
NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
|
|
Name, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
|
|
/*hasPrototype=*/true);
|
|
D.setInvalidType();
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
|
|
if (!DC->isRecord()) {
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
|
|
NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
|
|
NameInfo, R, TInfo,
|
|
isInline, isExplicit);
|
|
|
|
isVirtualOkay = true;
|
|
} else if (DC->isRecord()) {
|
|
// If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this
|
|
// must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
|
|
// (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
|
|
// constructor if it has no return type).
|
|
// must have an invalid constructor that has a return type
|
|
if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
|
|
Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
|
|
<< SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
|
|
<< SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
|
|
|
|
// [class.free]p1:
|
|
// Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
|
|
// (even if not explicitly declared static).
|
|
if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
|
|
Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
|
|
isStatic = true;
|
|
|
|
// [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
|
|
// (even if not explicitly declared static).
|
|
if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
|
|
Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
|
|
isStatic = true;
|
|
|
|
// This is a C++ method declaration.
|
|
NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
|
|
NameInfo, R, TInfo,
|
|
isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline);
|
|
|
|
isVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Determine whether the function was written with a
|
|
// prototype. This true when:
|
|
// - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
|
|
// - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
|
|
// - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
|
|
// to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
|
|
bool HasPrototype =
|
|
getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
|
|
(D.getNumTypeObjects() && D.getTypeObject(0).Fun.hasPrototype) ||
|
|
(!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
|
|
|
|
NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC,
|
|
NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
|
|
HasPrototype);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (D.isInvalidType())
|
|
NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
|
|
|
|
// Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
|
|
// scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
|
|
// lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
|
|
NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
|
|
|
|
// Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
|
|
// determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
|
|
FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
|
|
bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
|
|
bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
|
|
unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size();
|
|
bool Invalid = false;
|
|
if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
|
|
= MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
|
|
D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
|
|
D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
|
|
TemplateParamLists.get(),
|
|
TemplateParamLists.size(),
|
|
isFriend,
|
|
isExplicitSpecialization,
|
|
Invalid)) {
|
|
// All but one template parameter lists have been matching.
|
|
--NumMatchedTemplateParamLists;
|
|
|
|
if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
|
|
// This is a function template
|
|
|
|
// Check that we can declare a template here.
|
|
if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
|
|
NewFD->getLocation(),
|
|
Name, TemplateParams,
|
|
NewFD);
|
|
FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
|
|
NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// This is a function template specialization.
|
|
isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
|
|
|
|
// C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
|
|
if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
|
|
// We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
|
|
SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
|
|
|
|
// If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
|
|
// template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
|
|
// the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
|
|
// and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So
|
|
// we need to insert '<>' after the name.
|
|
SourceLocation InsertLoc;
|
|
if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
|
|
InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
|
|
InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
|
|
<< Name << RemoveRange
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
|
|
NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
|
|
NumMatchedTemplateParamLists,
|
|
TemplateParamLists.release());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Invalid) {
|
|
NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
if (FunctionTemplate)
|
|
FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
|
|
// The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
|
|
// nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
|
|
// member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
|
|
//
|
|
if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
if (!isVirtualOkay) {
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_virtual_non_function);
|
|
} else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
|
|
// 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Okay: Add virtual to the method.
|
|
NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
|
|
// The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration.
|
|
if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
|
|
// 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
|
|
// The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
|
|
// constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1
|
|
// and 12.3.2.
|
|
if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
|
|
// 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
|
|
} else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
|
|
!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
|
|
// 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
|
|
// or conversion function.
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
|
|
FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage());
|
|
|
|
if (isFriend) {
|
|
// For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
|
|
if (FunctionTemplate) {
|
|
FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
|
|
FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
|
|
}
|
|
NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
|
|
NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
|
|
!CurContext->isRecord()) {
|
|
// C++ [class.static]p1:
|
|
// A data or function member of a class may be declared static
|
|
// in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
|
|
// the class.
|
|
|
|
// Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
|
|
// member function definition.
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_static_out_of_line)
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
|
|
if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
|
|
// The parser guarantees this is a string.
|
|
StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
|
|
NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
|
|
SE->getString()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
|
|
// declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params.
|
|
llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
|
|
if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0) {
|
|
DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
|
|
|
|
// Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
|
|
// function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
|
|
// single void argument.
|
|
// We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
|
|
// already checks for that case.
|
|
if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
|
|
FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
|
|
cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
|
|
// Empty arg list, don't push any params.
|
|
ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param);
|
|
|
|
// In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
|
|
// typedef of void is not permitted.
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
|
|
Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy)
|
|
Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void);
|
|
} else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
|
|
ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
|
|
assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
|
|
Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
|
|
Params.push_back(Param);
|
|
|
|
if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
|
|
// When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
|
|
// following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
|
|
// parameters for use in the declaration.
|
|
//
|
|
// @code
|
|
// typedef void fn(int);
|
|
// fn f;
|
|
// @endcode
|
|
|
|
// Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
|
|
for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
|
|
AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
|
|
ParmVarDecl *Param =
|
|
BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
|
|
Params.push_back(Param);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
|
|
"Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
|
|
}
|
|
// Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
|
|
NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size());
|
|
|
|
// If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
|
|
// argument list into our AST format.
|
|
bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
|
|
TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
|
|
if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
|
|
TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
|
|
TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
|
|
TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
|
|
ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
|
|
TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
|
|
TemplateId->NumArgs);
|
|
translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
|
|
TemplateArgs);
|
|
TemplateArgsPtr.release();
|
|
|
|
HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
|
|
|
|
if (FunctionTemplate) {
|
|
// FIXME: Diagnose function template with explicit template
|
|
// arguments.
|
|
HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
|
|
} else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
|
|
!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
|
|
// We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
|
|
// specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
|
|
// arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
|
|
// too few of them).
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
|
|
<< SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
|
|
D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
|
|
"template<> ");
|
|
isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
|
|
isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
|
|
// This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user
|
|
// wrote something like:
|
|
// template <> friend void foo(int);
|
|
// which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
|
|
// friend void foo<>(int);
|
|
// Go ahead and fake up a template id.
|
|
HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
|
|
TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
|
|
TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
|
|
// that either the specialized function type or the specialized
|
|
// template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In
|
|
// this case, don't check the specialization yet.
|
|
if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
|
|
(NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) {
|
|
assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
|
|
"friend function specialization without template args");
|
|
if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
|
|
Previous))
|
|
NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
} else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
|
|
if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
|
|
(HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
|
|
Previous))
|
|
NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
} else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
|
|
if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
|
|
NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
|
|
bool OverloadableAttrRequired = false; // FIXME: HACK!
|
|
CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization,
|
|
Redeclaration, /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired);
|
|
|
|
assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration ||
|
|
Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
|
|
"previous declaration set still overloaded");
|
|
|
|
NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
|
|
? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
|
|
: NewFD);
|
|
|
|
if (isFriend && Redeclaration) {
|
|
AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
|
|
if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess();
|
|
|
|
NewFD->setAccess(Access);
|
|
if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
|
|
|
|
PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
|
|
PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
|
|
PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
|
|
|
|
// If we have a function template, check the template parameter
|
|
// list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
|
|
if (FunctionTemplate) {
|
|
FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration();
|
|
CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
|
|
PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
|
|
D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate
|
|
: TPC_FunctionTemplate);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
// Ignore all the rest of this.
|
|
} else if (!Redeclaration) {
|
|
// Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
|
|
if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
|
|
NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
|
|
|
|
// Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
|
|
if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
|
|
// ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
|
|
// dependent-scope friend declarations.
|
|
|
|
// TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
|
|
// contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
|
|
// matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
|
|
// selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there
|
|
// are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
|
|
// can actually do this check immediately.
|
|
if (isFriend &&
|
|
(NumMatchedTemplateParamLists ||
|
|
D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
|
|
CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
|
|
// ignore these
|
|
} else {
|
|
// The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
|
|
// function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
|
|
// was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
|
|
// C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
|
|
//
|
|
// class X {
|
|
// void f() const;
|
|
// };
|
|
//
|
|
// void X::f() { } // ill-formed
|
|
//
|
|
// Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
|
|
// matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
|
|
// whether the parameter types are references).
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match)
|
|
<< Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
|
|
NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
|
|
// to something.
|
|
} else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend);
|
|
NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
|
|
!isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
|
|
!isExplicitSpecialization) {
|
|
// An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
|
|
// definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
|
|
// Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
|
|
// function templates or member functions of class templates, per
|
|
// C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension
|
|
// for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them.
|
|
Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
|
|
<< D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes
|
|
// (for example to check for conflicts, etc).
|
|
// FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then,
|
|
// let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts.
|
|
ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
|
|
|
|
// attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
|
|
// FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging
|
|
if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) {
|
|
const FunctionDecl *Def;
|
|
FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
|
|
if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) {
|
|
Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
|
|
Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
|
|
|
|
if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
|
|
// If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
|
|
// with that name must be marked "overloadable".
|
|
Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
|
|
<< Redeclaration << NewFD;
|
|
if (!Previous.empty())
|
|
Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
|
|
NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), Context));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
|
|
!NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
|
|
Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
|
|
<< NewFD;
|
|
|
|
// Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
|
|
const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
|
|
QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(),
|
|
0, 0, true, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
|
|
FT->getExtInfo());
|
|
NewFD->setType(R);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
|
|
// member, set the visibility of this function.
|
|
if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
|
|
AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
|
|
|
|
// If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
|
|
// map of such names.
|
|
if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
|
|
&& !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
|
|
|
|
// Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
|
|
NewFD->setLocEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
|
|
|
|
if (FunctionTemplate && NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
if (FunctionTemplate)
|
|
return FunctionTemplate;
|
|
|
|
MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
|
|
|
|
CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(*this, NewFD);
|
|
|
|
return NewFD;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
|
|
///
|
|
/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
|
|
/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
|
|
/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
|
|
/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
|
|
/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
|
|
/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
|
|
/// via InstantiateDecl).
|
|
///
|
|
/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is
|
|
/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
|
|
///
|
|
/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
|
|
void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
|
|
LookupResult &Previous,
|
|
bool IsExplicitSpecialization,
|
|
bool &Redeclaration,
|
|
bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) {
|
|
// If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking.
|
|
if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
// If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
|
|
// This avoids some consistency errors later.
|
|
if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
|
|
cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
|
|
// Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
|
|
// because all functions have linkage.
|
|
Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
|
|
return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NewFD->isMain())
|
|
CheckMain(NewFD);
|
|
|
|
// Check for a previous declaration of this name.
|
|
if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
|
|
// Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
|
|
// an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
|
|
// declaration with the same name.
|
|
llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
|
|
= LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName());
|
|
if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
|
|
Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
|
|
// the same name, if appropriate.
|
|
if (!Previous.empty()) {
|
|
// Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
|
|
// a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
|
|
// there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
|
|
// function to the scope.
|
|
|
|
NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
|
|
if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
|
|
Redeclaration = true;
|
|
OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
OverloadableAttrRequired = true;
|
|
|
|
switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
|
|
/*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
|
|
case Ovl_Match:
|
|
Redeclaration = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ovl_NonFunction:
|
|
Redeclaration = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ovl_Overload:
|
|
Redeclaration = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Redeclaration) {
|
|
// NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
|
|
// merged.
|
|
if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl))
|
|
return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
Previous.clear();
|
|
Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
|
|
|
|
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
|
|
= dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
|
|
NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
|
|
FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
|
|
= NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
|
|
assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
|
|
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
|
|
= dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
|
|
Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
|
|
NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
|
|
// template, mark it as a member specialization.
|
|
if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
|
|
NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
|
|
NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
|
|
assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
|
|
NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
|
|
NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
// C++-specific checks.
|
|
if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
|
|
CheckConstructor(Constructor);
|
|
} else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
|
|
dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
|
|
QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
|
|
// type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
|
|
if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
|
|
DeclarationName Name
|
|
= Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
|
|
Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
|
|
if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
|
|
Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
|
|
return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
|
|
= dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
|
|
ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
|
|
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
|
|
if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
|
|
!Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
|
|
if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
|
|
// If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
|
|
if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
|
|
Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual)
|
|
<< NewFD->getDeclName();
|
|
for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator
|
|
Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(),
|
|
OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods();
|
|
Overridden != OverriddenEnd;
|
|
++Overridden) {
|
|
Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
|
|
if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
|
|
CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD))
|
|
return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
// Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
|
|
if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
|
|
CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD))
|
|
return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
// In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
|
|
// the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
|
|
// during delayed parsing anyway.
|
|
if (!CurContext->isRecord())
|
|
CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) {
|
|
// C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline
|
|
// or static is ill-formed.
|
|
// C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
|
|
// shall not appear in a declaration of main.
|
|
// static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
|
|
bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified();
|
|
bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static;
|
|
if (isInline || isStatic) {
|
|
unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl;
|
|
if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl;
|
|
|
|
int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1;
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
QualType T = FD->getType();
|
|
assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
|
|
const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
|
|
|
|
if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
|
|
TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
|
|
const SemaDiagnosticBuilder& D = Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
|
|
if (FunctionTypeLoc* PTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL)) {
|
|
D << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(PTL->getResultLoc().getSourceRange(),
|
|
"int");
|
|
}
|
|
FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Treat protoless main() as nullary.
|
|
if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
|
|
|
|
const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
|
|
unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
|
|
assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
|
|
|
|
bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
|
|
|
|
// Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If
|
|
// other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
|
|
// getting shifty.
|
|
if (nparams == 4 &&
|
|
Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin)
|
|
HasExtraParameters = false;
|
|
|
|
if (HasExtraParameters) {
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
|
|
FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
|
|
nparams = 3;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
|
|
// if we had some location information about types.
|
|
|
|
QualType CharPP =
|
|
Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
|
|
QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
|
|
QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
|
|
|
|
bool mismatch = true;
|
|
|
|
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
|
|
mismatch = false;
|
|
else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
|
|
// As an extension, the following forms are okay:
|
|
// char const **
|
|
// char const * const *
|
|
// char * const *
|
|
|
|
QualifierCollector qs;
|
|
const PointerType* PT;
|
|
if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
|
|
(PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
|
|
(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
|
|
qs.removeConst();
|
|
mismatch = !qs.empty();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mismatch) {
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
|
|
// TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
|
|
FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
|
|
FD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
|
|
// FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for
|
|
// any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
|
|
// commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list,
|
|
// except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
|
|
// expressions. Everything else falls under the
|
|
// "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
|
|
// (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
|
|
// rules there don't matter.)
|
|
if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
|
|
return false;
|
|
Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
|
|
<< Init->getSourceRange();
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init) {
|
|
AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, init, /*DirectInit=*/false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
|
|
/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
|
|
/// initialization rather than copy initialization.
|
|
void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) {
|
|
// If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore
|
|
// the initializer.
|
|
if (RealDecl == 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
|
|
// With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
|
|
// distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
|
|
// Thus this grotesque test.
|
|
IntegerLiteral *IL;
|
|
if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
|
|
Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
|
|
CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
|
|
else {
|
|
Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
|
|
<< Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
|
|
Method->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
|
|
if (!VDecl) {
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
|
|
RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
|
|
isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl))
|
|
Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization);
|
|
else
|
|
Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
|
|
RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
|
|
// complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the
|
|
// initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
|
|
QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
|
|
if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
|
|
BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
|
|
if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
|
|
diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
|
|
RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The variable can not have an abstract class type.
|
|
if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
|
|
diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
|
|
AbstractVariableType))
|
|
VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
const VarDecl *Def;
|
|
if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
|
|
Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
|
|
<< VDecl->getDeclName();
|
|
Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C++ [class.static.data]p4
|
|
// If a static data member is of const integral or const
|
|
// enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
|
|
// specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
|
|
// constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
|
|
// in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
|
|
// defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
|
|
// namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
|
|
//
|
|
// We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
|
|
// data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
|
|
// declaration with an initializer.
|
|
const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
|
|
if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
|
|
Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName();
|
|
Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
|
|
getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
|
|
|
|
// Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of
|
|
// initialization.
|
|
InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Poor source location information.
|
|
InitializationKind Kind
|
|
= DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
|
|
Init->getLocStart(),
|
|
Init->getLocEnd())
|
|
: InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
|
|
Init->getLocStart());
|
|
|
|
// Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
|
|
// CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
|
|
QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
|
|
if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
|
|
if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5
|
|
Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
|
|
VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
} else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
|
|
ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
|
|
MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1),
|
|
&DclT);
|
|
if (Result.isInvalid()) {
|
|
VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
|
|
|
|
// C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers.
|
|
// Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics.
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4.
|
|
CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
|
|
VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
|
|
// This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
|
|
//
|
|
// struct S {
|
|
// static const int value = 17;
|
|
// };
|
|
|
|
// Try to perform the initialization regardless.
|
|
if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
|
|
ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
|
|
MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1),
|
|
&DclT);
|
|
if (Result.isInvalid()) {
|
|
VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C++ [class.mem]p4:
|
|
// A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
|
|
// if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
|
|
// const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
|
|
QualType T = VDecl->getType();
|
|
|
|
// Do nothing on dependent types.
|
|
if (T->isDependentType()) {
|
|
|
|
// Require constness.
|
|
} else if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
|
|
Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
|
|
<< Init->getSourceRange();
|
|
VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
// We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
|
|
} else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
|
|
if (!Init->isValueDependent()) {
|
|
// Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
|
|
llvm::APSInt Value;
|
|
SourceLocation Loc;
|
|
if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) {
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
|
|
<< Init->getSourceRange();
|
|
VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and
|
|
// C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really
|
|
// implement fully.
|
|
} else {
|
|
bool Allowed = false;
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
|
|
Allowed = T->isLiteralType();
|
|
} else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
|
|
Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
|
|
<< T << Init->getSourceRange();
|
|
Allowed = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!Allowed) {
|
|
Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
|
|
<< T << Init->getSourceRange();
|
|
VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
// TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't.
|
|
} else if (!Init->isValueDependent() &&
|
|
!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) {
|
|
Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
|
|
<< Init->getSourceRange();
|
|
VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
|
|
if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
|
|
(!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
|
|
!Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
|
|
Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
|
|
if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
|
|
ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
|
|
MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1),
|
|
&DclT);
|
|
if (Result.isInvalid()) {
|
|
VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers.
|
|
// Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics.
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
// C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
|
|
CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
|
|
// completed by the initializer. For example:
|
|
// int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
|
|
// "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
|
|
if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) {
|
|
VDecl->setType(DclT);
|
|
Init->setType(DclT);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it
|
|
// doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a
|
|
// global/static definition.
|
|
if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
|
|
if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
|
|
if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
|
|
// Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible
|
|
// array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list.
|
|
if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
|
|
unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(),
|
|
RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1;
|
|
if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() &&
|
|
!(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) &&
|
|
cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) {
|
|
Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable);
|
|
VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
|
|
CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
|
|
|
|
Init = MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Init);
|
|
// Attach the initializer to the decl.
|
|
VDecl->setInit(Init);
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
|
|
!VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
|
|
VDecl->hasGlobalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal() &&
|
|
!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context,
|
|
VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()))
|
|
Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
|
|
<< Init->getSourceRange();
|
|
|
|
// Make sure we mark the destructor as used if necessary.
|
|
QualType InitType = VDecl->getType();
|
|
while (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(InitType))
|
|
InitType = Context.getBaseElementType(Array);
|
|
if (const RecordType *Record = InitType->getAs<RecordType>())
|
|
FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VDecl, Record);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
|
|
/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
|
|
/// of sanity.
|
|
void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
|
|
// Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
|
|
// variable's type is either dependent or complete".
|
|
if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
|
|
|
|
VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
|
|
if (!VD) return;
|
|
|
|
QualType Ty = VD->getType();
|
|
if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
|
|
|
|
// Require a complete type.
|
|
if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
|
|
Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
|
|
diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
|
|
VD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Require an abstract type.
|
|
if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
|
|
diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
|
|
AbstractVariableType)) {
|
|
VD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
|
|
// though.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
|
|
bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) {
|
|
// If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
|
|
if (RealDecl == 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
|
|
QualType Type = Var->getType();
|
|
|
|
// C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3
|
|
if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) {
|
|
Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
|
|
<< Var->getDeclName() << Type;
|
|
Var->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
|
|
case VarDecl::Definition:
|
|
if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
|
|
// that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
|
|
// a declaration.
|
|
//
|
|
// Fall through
|
|
|
|
case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
|
|
// It's only a declaration.
|
|
|
|
// Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
|
|
// declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
|
|
// object shall be complete.
|
|
if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
|
|
!Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
|
|
RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
|
|
diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
|
|
Var->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
// Make sure that the type is not abstract.
|
|
if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
|
|
RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
|
|
diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
|
|
AbstractVariableType))
|
|
Var->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
|
|
// File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
|
|
// object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
|
|
// storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
|
|
// constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
|
|
// external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
|
|
if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
|
|
= Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
|
|
if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
|
|
ArrayT->getElementType(),
|
|
diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
|
|
Var->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
} else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
|
|
// C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
|
|
// a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
|
|
// declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
|
|
// NOTE: code such as the following
|
|
// static struct s;
|
|
// struct s { int a; };
|
|
// is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
|
|
// an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
|
|
// NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
|
|
if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0)
|
|
RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
|
|
diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Record the tentative definition; we're done.
|
|
if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
|
|
// definitions with incomplete array type.
|
|
if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
|
|
Diag(Var->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
|
|
Var->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
|
|
// definitions with reference type.
|
|
if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
|
|
Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
|
|
<< Var->getDeclName()
|
|
<< SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
|
|
Var->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
|
|
// variable with dependent type.
|
|
if (Type->isDependentType())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
|
|
Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
|
|
diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
|
|
Var->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The variable can not have an abstract class type.
|
|
if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
|
|
diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
|
|
AbstractVariableType)) {
|
|
Var->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const RecordType *Record
|
|
= Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>();
|
|
if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
|
|
cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) {
|
|
// C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
|
|
// If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
|
|
// object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
|
|
// array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
|
|
// the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
|
|
// type shall have a user-declared default
|
|
// constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
|
|
// a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
|
|
// any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
|
|
// or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
|
|
// program is ill-formed.
|
|
// FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this.
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x
|
|
// clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
|
|
// storage duration", not a "local variable".
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage())
|
|
getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
|
|
|
|
InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
|
|
InitializationKind Kind
|
|
= InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
|
|
|
|
InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
|
|
ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
|
|
MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0));
|
|
if (Init.isInvalid())
|
|
Var->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
else if (Init.get()) {
|
|
Var->setInit(MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Init.takeAs<Expr>()));
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
|
|
Var->hasGlobalStorage() && !Var->isStaticLocal() &&
|
|
!Var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
|
|
!Var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
|
|
Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Record)
|
|
FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
|
|
Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
|
|
Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
|
|
llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
|
|
|
|
if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
|
|
Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
|
|
if (Decl *D = Group[i])
|
|
Decls.push_back(D);
|
|
|
|
return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context,
|
|
Decls.data(), Decls.size()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
|
|
/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
|
|
Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
|
|
const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
|
|
|
|
// Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
|
|
VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
|
|
VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
|
|
if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
|
|
StorageClass = SC_Register;
|
|
StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
|
|
} else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
|
|
Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
|
|
diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
|
|
D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
|
|
|
|
DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
|
|
|
|
// Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
|
|
// parameter (C++ only).
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
|
|
|
|
TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0;
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl);
|
|
QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) {
|
|
// C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
|
|
// Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
|
|
Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
|
|
<< Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Ensure we have a valid name
|
|
IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
|
|
if (D.hasName()) {
|
|
II = D.getIdentifier();
|
|
if (!II) {
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
|
|
<< GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
|
|
D.setInvalidType(true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
|
|
if (II) {
|
|
LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
|
|
ForRedeclaration);
|
|
LookupName(R, S);
|
|
if (R.isSingleResult()) {
|
|
NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
|
|
if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
|
|
// Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
|
|
DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
|
|
// Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
|
|
PrevDecl = 0;
|
|
} else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
|
|
Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
|
|
|
|
// Recover by removing the name
|
|
II = 0;
|
|
D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
|
|
D.setInvalidType(true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
|
|
// the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally
|
|
// looking like class members in C++.
|
|
ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
|
|
TInfo, parmDeclType, II,
|
|
D.getIdentifierLoc(),
|
|
StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
|
|
|
|
if (D.isInvalidType())
|
|
New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
// Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
|
|
if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
|
|
Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
|
|
<< D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
|
|
New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
|
|
S->AddDecl(New);
|
|
if (II)
|
|
IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
|
|
|
|
ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
|
|
|
|
if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
|
|
Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
|
|
}
|
|
return New;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
|
|
/// typedef.
|
|
ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
|
|
SourceLocation Loc,
|
|
QualType T) {
|
|
ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, 0,
|
|
T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
|
|
SC_None, SC_None, 0);
|
|
Param->setImplicit();
|
|
return Param;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
|
|
ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
|
|
if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_unused_parameter) ==
|
|
Diagnostic::Ignored)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
|
|
// will already have done so in the template itself.
|
|
if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
|
|
if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
|
|
!(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
|
|
Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
|
|
<< (*Param)->getDeclName();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC,
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, QualType T,
|
|
IdentifierInfo *Name,
|
|
SourceLocation NameLoc,
|
|
VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
|
|
VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
|
|
ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, NameLoc, Name,
|
|
adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo,
|
|
StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
// Parameters can not be abstract class types.
|
|
// For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
|
|
// the class has been completely parsed.
|
|
if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
|
|
RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
|
|
AbstractParamType))
|
|
New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
// Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
|
|
// passed by reference.
|
|
if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
|
|
Diag(NameLoc,
|
|
diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T;
|
|
New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
|
|
// duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
|
|
// Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
|
|
// an address space.
|
|
if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
|
|
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
|
|
New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return New;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
|
|
SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
|
|
assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
|
|
"Not a function declarator!");
|
|
DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
|
|
|
|
// Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
|
|
// for a K&R function.
|
|
if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
|
|
for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
|
|
--i;
|
|
if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
|
|
llvm::SmallString<256> Code;
|
|
llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int "
|
|
<< FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
|
|
<< ";\n";
|
|
Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
|
|
<< FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
|
|
|
|
// Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
|
|
// type.
|
|
DeclSpec DS;
|
|
const char* PrevSpec; // unused
|
|
unsigned DiagID; // unused
|
|
DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
|
|
PrevSpec, DiagID);
|
|
Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
|
|
ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
|
|
FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
|
|
Declarator &D) {
|
|
assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
|
|
assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
|
|
"Not a function declarator!");
|
|
Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
|
|
|
|
Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D,
|
|
MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this),
|
|
/*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true);
|
|
return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
|
|
// Don't warn about invalid declarations.
|
|
if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// Or declarations that aren't global.
|
|
if (!FD->isGlobal())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// Don't warn about C++ member functions.
|
|
if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// Don't warn about 'main'.
|
|
if (FD->isMain())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// Don't warn about inline functions.
|
|
if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// Don't warn about function templates.
|
|
if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// Don't warn about function template specializations.
|
|
if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
bool MissingPrototype = true;
|
|
for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration();
|
|
Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
|
|
// Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
|
|
// scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
|
|
if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return MissingPrototype;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
|
|
// Clear the last template instantiation error context.
|
|
LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
|
|
|
|
if (!D)
|
|
return D;
|
|
FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
|
|
FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
|
|
else
|
|
FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
|
|
|
|
// Enter a new function scope
|
|
PushFunctionScope();
|
|
|
|
// See if this is a redefinition.
|
|
// But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
|
|
// was an extern inline function.
|
|
const FunctionDecl *Definition;
|
|
if (FD->hasBody(Definition) &&
|
|
!canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) {
|
|
if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
|
|
Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
|
|
<< FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
|
|
else
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
|
|
Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Builtin functions cannot be defined.
|
|
if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
|
|
if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
|
|
FD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The return type of a function definition must be complete
|
|
// (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
|
|
QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
|
|
if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
|
|
!FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
|
|
RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
|
|
diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
|
|
FD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
// GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
|
|
// Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
|
|
// prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
|
|
// definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
|
|
// global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
|
|
if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD))
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
|
|
|
|
if (FnBodyScope)
|
|
PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
|
|
|
|
// Check the validity of our function parameters
|
|
CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
|
|
/*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
|
|
|
|
bool ShouldCheckShadow =
|
|
Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored;
|
|
|
|
// Introduce our parameters into the function scope
|
|
for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
|
|
ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
|
|
Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
|
|
|
|
// If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
|
|
if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
|
|
if (ShouldCheckShadow)
|
|
CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
|
|
|
|
PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Checking attributes of current function definition
|
|
// dllimport attribute.
|
|
DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
|
|
if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
|
|
// dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
|
|
if (!DA->isInherited()) {
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
|
|
<< "dllimport";
|
|
FD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return FD;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
|
|
// a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
|
|
if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) {
|
|
// If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
|
|
// attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
|
|
// emitted.
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
|
|
<< FD->getName() << "dllimport";
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return FD;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
|
|
/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
|
|
/// optimization.
|
|
///
|
|
/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
|
|
/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
|
|
/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
|
|
/// use the named return value optimization.
|
|
///
|
|
/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
|
|
/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
|
|
/// the NRVO variable.
|
|
///
|
|
/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
|
|
/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
|
|
/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
|
|
static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
|
|
ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
|
|
|
|
const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
|
|
for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
|
|
if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (!NRVOCandidate)
|
|
NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
|
|
else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NRVOCandidate)
|
|
const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
|
|
return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
|
|
bool IsInstantiation) {
|
|
FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
|
|
FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
|
|
if (FunTmpl)
|
|
FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
|
|
else
|
|
FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
|
|
|
|
sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
|
|
|
|
if (FD) {
|
|
FD->setBody(Body);
|
|
if (FD->isMain()) {
|
|
// C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0.
|
|
// Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
|
|
FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
|
|
WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
|
|
|
|
// If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
|
|
if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
|
|
MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
|
|
|
|
ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused");
|
|
} else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
|
|
assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
|
|
MD->setBody(Body);
|
|
MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd());
|
|
if (!MD->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
|
|
} else {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Verify and clean out per-function state.
|
|
|
|
// Check goto/label use.
|
|
FunctionScopeInfo *CurFn = getCurFunction();
|
|
for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
|
|
I = CurFn->LabelMap.begin(), E = CurFn->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
|
|
LabelStmt *L = I->second;
|
|
|
|
// Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
|
|
// or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd
|
|
// definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
|
|
if (L->getSubStmt() != 0) {
|
|
if (!L->isUsed())
|
|
Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::warn_unused_label) << L->getName();
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Emit error.
|
|
Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
|
|
|
|
// At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into
|
|
// the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well
|
|
// formed.
|
|
if (Body == 0) {
|
|
// The whole function wasn't parsed correctly.
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the
|
|
// function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto
|
|
// has a valid target. Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the
|
|
// label in it.
|
|
|
|
// Give the label a sub-statement.
|
|
L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc()));
|
|
|
|
CompoundStmt *Compound = isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body) ?
|
|
cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock() :
|
|
cast<CompoundStmt>(Body);
|
|
llvm::SmallVector<Stmt*, 64> Elements(Compound->body_begin(),
|
|
Compound->body_end());
|
|
Elements.push_back(L);
|
|
Compound->setStmts(Context, Elements.data(), Elements.size());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Body) {
|
|
// C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
|
|
// statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
|
|
// Verify this.
|
|
if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
|
|
DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
|
|
|
|
// Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
|
|
// Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
|
|
if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
|
|
!dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
|
|
!hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
|
|
DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
|
|
|
|
if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
|
|
if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
|
|
CheckDestructor(Destructor);
|
|
|
|
MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
|
|
Destructor->getParent());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
|
|
// been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
|
|
// deletion in some later function.
|
|
if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred())
|
|
ExprTemporaries.clear();
|
|
else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
|
|
// Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
|
|
// enabled.
|
|
QualType ResultType;
|
|
if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
|
|
AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, FD);
|
|
} else {
|
|
ObjCMethodDecl *MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl);
|
|
AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, MD);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!IsInstantiation)
|
|
PopDeclContext();
|
|
|
|
PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
|
|
|
|
// If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
|
|
// been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
|
|
// deletion in some later function.
|
|
if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred())
|
|
ExprTemporaries.clear();
|
|
|
|
return dcl;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
|
|
/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
|
|
NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
|
|
IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
|
|
// Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
|
|
// function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
|
|
// this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
|
|
// (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
|
|
llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
|
|
= LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II);
|
|
if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
|
|
Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
|
|
return Pos->second;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it.
|
|
if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II;
|
|
else if (getLangOptions().C99)
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II;
|
|
else
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II;
|
|
|
|
// Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
|
|
const char *Dummy;
|
|
DeclSpec DS;
|
|
unsigned DiagID;
|
|
bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
|
|
Error = Error; // Silence warning.
|
|
assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
|
|
Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
|
|
D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0,
|
|
0, 0, false, SourceLocation(),
|
|
false, 0,0,0, Loc, Loc, D),
|
|
SourceLocation());
|
|
D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
|
|
|
|
// Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
|
|
|
|
DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
|
|
CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
|
|
|
|
FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
|
|
FD->setImplicit();
|
|
|
|
CurContext = PrevDC;
|
|
|
|
AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
|
|
|
|
return FD;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
|
|
/// the declaration of this function.
|
|
///
|
|
/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
|
|
/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
|
|
/// like NSLog or printf.
|
|
void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
|
|
if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
|
|
// actual attributes.
|
|
if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
|
|
// Handle printf-formatting attributes.
|
|
unsigned FormatIdx;
|
|
bool HasVAListArg;
|
|
if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
|
|
if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
|
|
FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
|
|
"printf", FormatIdx+1,
|
|
HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
|
|
}
|
|
if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
|
|
HasVAListArg)) {
|
|
if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
|
|
FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
|
|
"scanf", FormatIdx+1,
|
|
HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
|
|
// thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
|
|
// IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno &&
|
|
Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
|
|
if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
|
|
FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(BuiltinID))
|
|
FD->setType(Context.getNoReturnType(FD->getType()));
|
|
if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID))
|
|
FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
|
|
if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID))
|
|
FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
|
|
if (!Name)
|
|
return;
|
|
if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
|
|
FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
|
|
(isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
|
|
cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
|
|
LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
|
|
// Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
|
|
// about.
|
|
} else
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) {
|
|
// FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific
|
|
if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
|
|
// FIXME: We known better than our headers.
|
|
const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf");
|
|
} else
|
|
FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
|
|
"printf", 1,
|
|
Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2));
|
|
} else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
|
|
// FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
|
|
// target-specific builtins, perhaps?
|
|
if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
|
|
FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
|
|
"printf", 2,
|
|
Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
|
|
assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
|
|
assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
|
|
|
|
if (!TInfo) {
|
|
assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
|
|
TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Scope manipulation handled by caller.
|
|
TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
|
|
D.getIdentifierLoc(),
|
|
D.getIdentifier(),
|
|
TInfo);
|
|
|
|
if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) {
|
|
TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl();
|
|
|
|
// If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl
|
|
// keep track of the TypedefDecl.
|
|
if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl())
|
|
TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (D.isInvalidType())
|
|
NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
return NewTD;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
|
|
/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
|
|
///
|
|
/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
|
|
bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
|
|
TagTypeKind NewTag,
|
|
SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
|
|
const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
|
|
// C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
|
|
// The class-key or enum keyword present in the
|
|
// elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
|
|
// declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
|
|
// refers. This rule also applies to the form of
|
|
// elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
|
|
// friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
|
|
// definition of the class. Thus, in any
|
|
// elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
|
|
// refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
|
|
// used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
|
|
// struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
|
|
// declared using the class or struct class-key.
|
|
TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
|
|
if (OldTag == NewTag)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) &&
|
|
(NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) {
|
|
// Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
|
|
bool isTemplate = false;
|
|
if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
|
|
isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
|
|
|
|
Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
|
|
<< (NewTag == TTK_Class)
|
|
<< isTemplate << &Name
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
|
|
OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct");
|
|
Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the
|
|
/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null.
|
|
/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
|
|
/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
|
|
Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
|
|
SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
|
|
IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
|
|
AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
|
|
MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
|
|
bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, bool ScopedEnum,
|
|
TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
|
|
// If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
|
|
assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
|
|
"Nameless record must be a definition!");
|
|
assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
|
|
|
|
OwnedDecl = false;
|
|
TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
|
|
bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
|
|
unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParameterLists.size();
|
|
bool Invalid = false;
|
|
|
|
// We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
|
|
// or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
|
|
// for non-C++ cases.
|
|
if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists ||
|
|
(SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
|
|
if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
|
|
= MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS,
|
|
TemplateParameterLists.get(),
|
|
TemplateParameterLists.size(),
|
|
TUK == TUK_Friend,
|
|
isExplicitSpecialization,
|
|
Invalid)) {
|
|
// All but one template parameter lists have been matching.
|
|
--NumMatchedTemplateParamLists;
|
|
|
|
if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
|
|
// This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
|
|
// be a member of another template).
|
|
if (Invalid)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
OwnedDecl = false;
|
|
DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
|
|
SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
|
|
TemplateParams,
|
|
AS);
|
|
TemplateParameterLists.release();
|
|
return Result.get();
|
|
} else {
|
|
// The "template<>" header is extraneous.
|
|
Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
|
|
<< TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
|
|
isExplicitSpecialization = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
|
|
// this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
|
|
// redeclaration.
|
|
llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
|
|
|
|
if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
|
|
if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
|
|
// No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
|
|
// type, default to int.
|
|
EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
|
|
else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
|
|
// C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
|
|
// integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
|
|
QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
|
|
EnumUnderlying = TI;
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
|
|
|
|
if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) {
|
|
Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying)
|
|
<< T;
|
|
// Recover by falling back to int.
|
|
EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft)
|
|
// Microsoft enums are always of int type.
|
|
EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
|
|
DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
|
|
bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
|
|
|
|
RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
|
|
if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
|
|
Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
|
|
|
|
LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
|
|
|
|
if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
|
|
// We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
|
|
|
|
// Check for invalid 'foo::'.
|
|
if (SS.isInvalid()) {
|
|
Name = 0;
|
|
goto CreateNewDecl;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
|
|
// context, don't try to make a decl for it.
|
|
if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
|
|
DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
|
|
if (!DC) {
|
|
IsDependent = true;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
|
|
if (!DC) {
|
|
Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
|
|
<< SS.getRange();
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
SearchDC = DC;
|
|
// Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
|
|
LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
|
|
|
|
if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
if (Previous.empty()) {
|
|
// Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
|
|
// nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
|
|
// and that current instantiation has any dependent base
|
|
// classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
|
|
// this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
|
|
// But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
|
|
if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
|
|
(TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
|
|
IsDependent = true;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
|
|
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
|
|
<< Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
|
|
Name = 0;
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
goto CreateNewDecl;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (Name) {
|
|
// If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
|
|
// declaration or definition.
|
|
// FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
|
|
// shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
|
|
// shouldn't be diagnosing.
|
|
LookupName(Previous, S);
|
|
|
|
// Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
|
|
if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
|
|
// FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
|
|
// with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
|
|
// tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
|
|
// in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
|
|
while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
|
|
SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
|
|
// If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
|
|
// initial context to the translation unit.
|
|
SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
|
|
Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
|
|
// Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
|
|
DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
|
|
// Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
|
|
Previous.clear();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
|
|
DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
|
|
// This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
|
|
isStdBadAlloc = true;
|
|
|
|
if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
|
|
// std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
|
|
// name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
|
|
// declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
|
|
Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
|
|
// (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we
|
|
// also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
|
|
// there's a shadow friend decl.
|
|
if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
|
|
(TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
|
|
if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
|
|
assert(SS.isEmpty());
|
|
|
|
if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
|
|
// C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
|
|
// -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
|
|
//
|
|
// class-key identifier
|
|
//
|
|
// if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
|
|
// decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
|
|
// function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
|
|
// declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
|
|
// the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
|
|
// declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
|
|
// non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
|
|
// declaration.
|
|
//
|
|
// C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
|
|
// C structs and unions.
|
|
//
|
|
// It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
|
|
// type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll
|
|
// diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
|
|
// scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
|
|
//
|
|
// GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
|
|
// enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
|
|
//
|
|
// Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
|
|
// FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
|
|
// lexical context,
|
|
while (SearchDC->isRecord())
|
|
SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
|
|
|
|
// Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
|
|
while (S->isClassScope() ||
|
|
(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
|
|
S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
|
|
((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
|
|
(S->getEntity() &&
|
|
((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
|
|
S = S->getParent();
|
|
} else {
|
|
assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
|
|
// C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
|
|
// If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
|
|
// class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
|
|
// the innermost enclosing namespace.
|
|
SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
|
|
// diagnose some problems.
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
|
|
LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!Previous.empty()) {
|
|
NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
|
|
|
|
// It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
|
|
// which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this
|
|
// insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
|
|
// in C++.
|
|
//
|
|
// This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
|
|
// technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
|
|
// okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
|
|
// see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
|
|
if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
|
|
TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
|
|
if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
|
|
Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
|
|
->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
|
|
PrevDecl = Tag;
|
|
Previous.clear();
|
|
Previous.addDecl(Tag);
|
|
Previous.resolveKind();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
|
|
// If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
|
|
// in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
|
|
// rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
|
|
if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
|
|
isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) {
|
|
// Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
|
|
// struct or something similar.
|
|
if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) {
|
|
bool SafeToContinue
|
|
= (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
|
|
Kind != TTK_Enum);
|
|
if (SafeToContinue)
|
|
Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
|
|
<< Name
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
|
|
PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
|
|
else
|
|
Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
|
|
Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
|
|
|
|
if (SafeToContinue)
|
|
Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
|
|
else {
|
|
// Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
|
|
Name = 0;
|
|
Previous.clear();
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
|
|
const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
|
|
|
|
// All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
|
|
// returning the previous declaration.
|
|
if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) {
|
|
Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
|
|
<< PrevEnum->isScoped();
|
|
Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
|
|
return PrevTagDecl;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) {
|
|
QualType T;
|
|
if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
|
|
T = TI->getType();
|
|
else
|
|
T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0);
|
|
|
|
if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) {
|
|
Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch);
|
|
Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
|
|
return PrevTagDecl;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) {
|
|
Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
|
|
<< PrevEnum->isFixed();
|
|
Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
|
|
return PrevTagDecl;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!Invalid) {
|
|
// If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
|
|
// for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
|
|
// For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
|
|
// need to be changed with DeclGroups.
|
|
if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) ||
|
|
TUK == TUK_Friend)
|
|
return PrevTagDecl;
|
|
|
|
// Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
|
|
if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
|
|
if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
|
|
// If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
|
|
// is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
|
|
// here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
|
|
if (!isExplicitSpecialization ||
|
|
!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) ||
|
|
cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
|
|
== TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) {
|
|
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
|
|
Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
// If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
|
|
// struct be anonymous, which will make any later
|
|
// references get the previous definition.
|
|
Name = 0;
|
|
Previous.clear();
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// If the type is currently being defined, complain
|
|
// about a nested redefinition.
|
|
TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
|
|
if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
|
|
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
|
|
Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
Name = 0;
|
|
Previous.clear();
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
|
|
// tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
|
|
// have a definition. Just create a new decl.
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
// If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
|
|
// scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
|
|
// new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
|
|
// have distinct types.
|
|
Previous.clear();
|
|
}
|
|
// If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
|
|
// is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
|
|
// PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
|
|
// lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
|
|
// things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
|
|
} else {
|
|
assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus);
|
|
|
|
// Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
|
|
// found the wrong kind of type on the first
|
|
// (non-redeclaration) lookup.
|
|
if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
|
|
!Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
|
|
unsigned Kind = 0;
|
|
if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
|
|
else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
|
|
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
|
|
Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
|
|
} else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) {
|
|
// do nothing
|
|
|
|
// Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
|
|
} else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
|
|
unsigned Kind = 0;
|
|
if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
|
|
else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
|
|
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
|
|
Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common
|
|
// case here.
|
|
} else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
|
|
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
|
|
<< Name
|
|
<< cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType();
|
|
Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, diagnose.
|
|
} else {
|
|
// The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
|
|
// issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
|
|
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
|
|
Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
Name = 0;
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
|
|
// new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
|
|
Previous.clear();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
CreateNewDecl:
|
|
|
|
TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
|
|
if (Previous.isSingleResult())
|
|
PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
|
|
|
|
// If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
|
|
// location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
|
|
// keyword.
|
|
SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
|
|
// declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
|
|
// PrevDecl.
|
|
TagDecl *New;
|
|
|
|
bool IsForwardReference = false;
|
|
if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
|
|
// FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
|
|
// enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X.
|
|
New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc,
|
|
cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
|
|
!EnumUnderlying.isNull());
|
|
// If this is an undefined enum, warn.
|
|
if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
|
|
TagDecl *Def;
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
|
|
// C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
|
|
// Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
|
|
}
|
|
else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
|
|
<< New;
|
|
Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
} else {
|
|
unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
|
|
if (getLangOptions().Microsoft)
|
|
DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
|
|
else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
|
|
Diag(Loc, DiagID);
|
|
|
|
// If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
|
|
// note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
|
|
// the declaration context.
|
|
if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
|
|
IsForwardReference = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (EnumUnderlying) {
|
|
EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
|
|
if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
|
|
ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
|
|
else
|
|
ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
|
|
ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
// struct/union/class
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
|
|
// struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X.
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
// FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
|
|
New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc,
|
|
cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
|
|
|
|
if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
|
|
StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
|
|
} else
|
|
New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc,
|
|
cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Maybe add qualifier info.
|
|
if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
|
|
if (SS.isSet()) {
|
|
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS
|
|
= static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
|
|
New->setQualifierInfo(NNS, SS.getRange());
|
|
if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0) {
|
|
New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
|
|
NumMatchedTemplateParamLists,
|
|
(TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
|
|
// Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
|
|
// the ASTContext lays out the structure.
|
|
//
|
|
// It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
|
|
// happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
|
|
// maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
|
|
// many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
|
|
// the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
|
|
// parsing of the struct).
|
|
AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
|
|
// check the specialization.
|
|
if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
|
|
Invalid = true;
|
|
|
|
if (Invalid)
|
|
New->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
if (Attr)
|
|
ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
|
|
|
|
// If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
|
|
// in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
|
|
if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
|
|
|
|
// Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
|
|
// lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
|
|
New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
|
|
|
|
// Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
|
|
if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
|
|
New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty());
|
|
|
|
// Set the access specifier.
|
|
if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
|
|
SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
|
|
|
|
if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
|
|
New->startDefinition();
|
|
|
|
// If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
|
|
if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
|
|
// We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
|
|
// if so, borrow its access specifier.
|
|
if (PrevDecl)
|
|
New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
|
|
|
|
DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
|
|
DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false);
|
|
if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
|
|
if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
|
|
PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
|
|
} else if (Name) {
|
|
S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
|
|
PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
|
|
if (IsForwardReference)
|
|
SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
CurContext->addDecl(New);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
|
|
if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
|
|
if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
|
|
New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
|
|
II->isStr("FILE"))
|
|
Context.setFILEDecl(New);
|
|
|
|
OwnedDecl = true;
|
|
return New;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
|
|
AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
|
|
TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
|
|
|
|
// Enter the tag context.
|
|
PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
|
|
SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
|
|
AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
|
|
|
|
FieldCollector->StartClass();
|
|
|
|
if (!Record->getIdentifier())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// C++ [class]p2:
|
|
// [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
|
|
// class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
|
|
// purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
|
|
// as if it were a public member name.
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
|
|
= CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(),
|
|
CurContext, Record->getLocation(),
|
|
Record->getIdentifier(),
|
|
Record->getTagKeywordLoc(),
|
|
/*PrevDecl=*/0,
|
|
/*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
|
|
Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
|
|
InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
|
|
InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
|
|
if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
|
|
InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
|
|
PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
|
|
assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
|
|
"Broken injected-class-name");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
|
|
SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
|
|
AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
|
|
TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
|
|
Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
|
|
|
|
if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
|
|
FieldCollector->FinishClass();
|
|
|
|
// Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
|
|
PopDeclContext();
|
|
|
|
// Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
|
|
Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
|
|
AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
|
|
TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
|
|
Tag->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
// We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
|
|
// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
|
|
// the FieldCollector.
|
|
|
|
PopDeclContext();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
|
|
bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
|
|
QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth,
|
|
bool *ZeroWidth) {
|
|
// Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
|
|
if (ZeroWidth)
|
|
*ZeroWidth = true;
|
|
|
|
// C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
|
|
// C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
|
|
if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
|
|
// Handle incomplete types with specific error.
|
|
if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
|
|
return true;
|
|
if (FieldName)
|
|
return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
|
|
<< FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
|
|
return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
|
|
<< FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
|
|
// it now.
|
|
if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
llvm::APSInt Value;
|
|
if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value))
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
|
|
*ZeroWidth = false;
|
|
|
|
// Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
|
|
if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
|
|
return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
|
|
|
|
if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
|
|
if (FieldName)
|
|
return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
|
|
<< FieldName << Value.toString(10);
|
|
return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
|
|
<< Value.toString(10);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
|
|
uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
|
|
if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
if (FieldName)
|
|
return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
|
|
<< FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
|
|
<< (unsigned)TypeSize;
|
|
|
|
return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
|
|
<< (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (FieldName)
|
|
Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
|
|
<< FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
|
|
<< (unsigned)TypeSize;
|
|
else
|
|
Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
|
|
<< (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order
|
|
/// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
|
|
Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
|
|
SourceLocation DeclStart,
|
|
Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) {
|
|
FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
|
|
DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
|
|
AS_public);
|
|
return Res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
|
|
///
|
|
FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
|
|
SourceLocation DeclStart,
|
|
Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
|
|
AccessSpecifier AS) {
|
|
IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
|
|
SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
|
|
if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
|
|
QualType T = TInfo->getType();
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
|
|
|
|
DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
|
|
|
|
if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
|
|
Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
|
|
|
|
// Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
|
|
LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
|
|
LookupName(Previous, S);
|
|
assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() ||
|
|
Previous.isSingleResult())
|
|
&& "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null");
|
|
|
|
// If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result
|
|
NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ?
|
|
Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
|
|
|
|
if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
|
|
// Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
|
|
DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
|
|
// Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
|
|
PrevDecl = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
|
|
PrevDecl = 0;
|
|
|
|
bool Mutable
|
|
= (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
|
|
SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin();
|
|
FieldDecl *NewFD
|
|
= CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL,
|
|
AS, PrevDecl, &D);
|
|
|
|
if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
Record->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
|
|
// Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
|
|
// with the same name in the same scope.
|
|
} else if (II) {
|
|
PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
|
|
} else
|
|
Record->addDecl(NewFD);
|
|
|
|
return NewFD;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
|
|
///
|
|
/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
|
|
/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
|
|
/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
|
|
/// created.
|
|
///
|
|
/// \returns a new FieldDecl.
|
|
///
|
|
/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
|
|
FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
|
|
RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
|
|
bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
|
|
SourceLocation TSSL,
|
|
AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
|
|
Declarator *D) {
|
|
IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
|
|
bool InvalidDecl = false;
|
|
if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
|
|
|
|
// If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
|
|
// marking this declaration as invalid.
|
|
if (T.isNull()) {
|
|
InvalidDecl = true;
|
|
T = Context.IntTy;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
|
|
if (!EltTy->isDependentType() &&
|
|
RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
|
|
// Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
|
|
Record->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
InvalidDecl = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
|
|
// than a variably modified type.
|
|
if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
|
|
bool SizeIsNegative;
|
|
llvm::APSInt Oversized;
|
|
QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context,
|
|
SizeIsNegative,
|
|
Oversized);
|
|
if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
|
|
T = FixedTy;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (SizeIsNegative)
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
|
|
else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
|
|
<< Oversized.toString(10);
|
|
else
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
|
|
InvalidDecl = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Fields can not have abstract class types
|
|
if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
|
|
diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
|
|
AbstractFieldType))
|
|
InvalidDecl = true;
|
|
|
|
bool ZeroWidth = false;
|
|
// If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
|
|
if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth &&
|
|
VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) {
|
|
InvalidDecl = true;
|
|
BitWidth = 0;
|
|
ZeroWidth = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
|
|
if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
|
|
unsigned DiagID = 0;
|
|
if (T->isReferenceType())
|
|
DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
|
|
else if (T.isConstQualified())
|
|
DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
|
|
|
|
if (DiagID) {
|
|
SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
|
|
if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
|
|
ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
|
|
Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
|
|
Mutable = false;
|
|
InvalidDecl = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
|
|
BitWidth, Mutable);
|
|
if (InvalidDecl)
|
|
NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
|
|
Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
|
|
NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
if (Record->isUnion()) {
|
|
if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
|
|
CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
|
|
if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
|
|
// C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
|
|
// constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
|
|
// destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
|
|
// cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
|
|
// objects.
|
|
// TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly.
|
|
if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
|
|
NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
|
|
// the program is ill-formed.
|
|
if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
|
|
Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
|
|
<< NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
|
|
NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
|
|
// representation, not a parser representation.
|
|
if (D)
|
|
// FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
|
|
ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
|
|
|
|
if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
|
|
|
|
NewFD->setAccess(AS);
|
|
return NewFD;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
|
|
assert(FD);
|
|
assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
|
|
|
|
if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
|
|
if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
|
|
CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
|
|
if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
|
|
// We check for copy constructors before constructors
|
|
// because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
|
|
// copy constructors.
|
|
|
|
CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
|
|
if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
|
|
member = CXXCopyConstructor;
|
|
else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor())
|
|
member = CXXConstructor;
|
|
else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
|
|
member = CXXCopyAssignment;
|
|
else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
|
|
member = CXXDestructor;
|
|
|
|
if (member != CXXInvalid) {
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
|
|
<< (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
|
|
DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
|
|
/// special member, figure out why.
|
|
void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
|
|
QualType QT(T, 0U);
|
|
CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl());
|
|
|
|
// Check whether the member was user-declared.
|
|
switch (member) {
|
|
case CXXInvalid:
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case CXXConstructor:
|
|
if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
|
|
typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter;
|
|
for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){
|
|
const FunctionDecl *body = 0;
|
|
ci->hasBody(body);
|
|
if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) {
|
|
SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation();
|
|
Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors");
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case CXXCopyConstructor:
|
|
if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
|
|
SourceLocation CtorLoc =
|
|
RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation();
|
|
Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case CXXCopyAssignment:
|
|
if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
|
|
// FIXME: this should use the location of the copy
|
|
// assignment, not the type.
|
|
SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin();
|
|
Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case CXXDestructor:
|
|
if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
|
|
SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation();
|
|
Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter;
|
|
|
|
// Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
|
|
// but not trivial destruction.
|
|
if (member != CXXDestructor) {
|
|
// Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
|
|
// so we just iterate through the direct bases.
|
|
for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi)
|
|
if (bi->isVirtual()) {
|
|
SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
|
|
Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check for virtual methods.
|
|
typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter;
|
|
for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me;
|
|
++mi) {
|
|
if (mi->isVirtual()) {
|
|
SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
|
|
Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const;
|
|
switch (member) {
|
|
case CXXConstructor:
|
|
hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break;
|
|
case CXXCopyConstructor:
|
|
hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break;
|
|
case CXXCopyAssignment:
|
|
hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break;
|
|
case CXXDestructor:
|
|
hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break;
|
|
default:
|
|
assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
|
|
for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) {
|
|
const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
|
|
assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
|
|
if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) {
|
|
SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
|
|
Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member;
|
|
DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
|
|
typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter;
|
|
for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe;
|
|
++fi) {
|
|
QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType());
|
|
if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
|
|
CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl());
|
|
|
|
if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) {
|
|
SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation();
|
|
Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member;
|
|
DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
|
|
/// AST enum value.
|
|
static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
|
|
TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
|
|
switch (ivarVisibility) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind");
|
|
case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
|
|
case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
|
|
case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
|
|
case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
|
|
/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
|
|
Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
|
|
SourceLocation DeclStart,
|
|
Decl *IntfDecl,
|
|
Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth,
|
|
tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
|
|
|
|
IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
|
|
Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
|
|
SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
|
|
if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
|
|
// example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
|
|
QualType T = TInfo->getType();
|
|
|
|
if (BitWidth) {
|
|
// 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
|
|
if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) {
|
|
D.setInvalidType();
|
|
BitWidth = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Not a bitfield.
|
|
|
|
// validate II.
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
if (T->isReferenceType()) {
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
|
|
D.setInvalidType();
|
|
}
|
|
// C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
|
|
// than a variably modified type.
|
|
else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
|
|
D.setInvalidType();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
|
|
ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
|
|
Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
|
|
: ObjCIvarDecl::None;
|
|
// Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
|
|
ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl);
|
|
ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
|
|
if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
|
|
dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
|
|
if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) {
|
|
// Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
|
|
EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
|
|
assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
|
|
dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
|
|
if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Construct the decl.
|
|
ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context,
|
|
EnclosingContext, Loc, II, T,
|
|
TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
|
|
|
|
if (II) {
|
|
NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
|
|
ForRedeclaration);
|
|
if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
|
|
&& !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
|
|
Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
|
|
NewID->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Process attributes attached to the ivar.
|
|
ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
|
|
|
|
if (D.isInvalidType())
|
|
NewID->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
|
|
if (II) {
|
|
// FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
|
|
// these to the interface.
|
|
S->AddDecl(NewID);
|
|
IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NewID;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
|
|
/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
|
|
/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
|
|
/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
|
|
void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
|
|
llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
|
|
if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
|
|
ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
|
|
|
|
if (!Ivar->isBitField())
|
|
return;
|
|
uint64_t BitFieldSize =
|
|
Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue();
|
|
if (BitFieldSize == 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
|
|
if (!ID) {
|
|
if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
|
|
if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
// No need to add this to end of @implementation.
|
|
else
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
// All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
|
|
llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0);
|
|
Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc);
|
|
|
|
Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl),
|
|
DeclLoc, 0,
|
|
Context.CharTy,
|
|
Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy),
|
|
ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
|
|
true);
|
|
AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
|
|
SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
|
|
Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields,
|
|
SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
|
|
AttributeList *Attr) {
|
|
assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
|
|
|
|
// If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a
|
|
// redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it.
|
|
if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
// FIXME: Deallocate fields?
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Verify that all the fields are okay.
|
|
unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
|
|
llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
|
|
|
|
RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) {
|
|
FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]);
|
|
|
|
// Get the type for the field.
|
|
Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
|
|
|
|
if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
|
|
// Remember all fields written by the user.
|
|
RecFields.push_back(FD);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
|
|
// diagnostics about it.
|
|
if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C99 6.7.2.1p2:
|
|
// A structure or union shall not contain a member with
|
|
// incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
|
|
// contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
|
|
// an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
|
|
// structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
|
|
// array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
|
|
// possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
|
|
// shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
|
|
// array.
|
|
if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
|
|
// Field declared as a function.
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
|
|
<< FD->getDeclName();
|
|
FD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
continue;
|
|
} else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
|
|
((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) ||
|
|
(getLangOptions().Microsoft &&
|
|
(i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) {
|
|
// Flexible array member.
|
|
// Microsoft is more permissive regarding flexible array.
|
|
// It will accept flexible array in union and also
|
|
// as the sole element of a struct/class.
|
|
if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) {
|
|
if (Record->isUnion())
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union)
|
|
<< FD->getDeclName();
|
|
else if (NumFields == 1)
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate)
|
|
<< FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
|
|
} else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
|
|
<< FD->getDeclName();
|
|
FD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
|
|
!Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) {
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
|
|
<< FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
|
|
FD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
// Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
|
|
if (Record)
|
|
Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
|
|
} else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
|
|
RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
|
|
diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
|
|
// Incomplete type
|
|
FD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
continue;
|
|
} else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
|
|
if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
|
|
// If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
|
|
if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
|
|
Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
|
|
// it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
|
|
// structures.
|
|
if (i != NumFields-1)
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
|
|
<< FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
|
|
else {
|
|
// We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
|
|
// other structs as an extension.
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
|
|
<< FD->getDeclName();
|
|
if (Record)
|
|
Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
|
|
Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
|
|
} else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
|
|
/// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
|
|
Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object);
|
|
FD->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
continue;
|
|
} else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
|
|
getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
|
|
Record &&
|
|
(FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
|
|
FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()))
|
|
Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
|
|
else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
|
|
QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
|
|
if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() &&
|
|
BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
|
|
Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
|
|
}
|
|
// Keep track of the number of named members.
|
|
if (FD->getIdentifier())
|
|
++NumNamedMembers;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
|
|
if (Record) {
|
|
bool Completed = false;
|
|
if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
|
|
if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
|
|
// Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
|
|
UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions();
|
|
for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end();
|
|
I != E; ++I)
|
|
Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess());
|
|
|
|
if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
|
|
// Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
|
|
AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
|
|
|
|
// If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
|
|
// final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
|
|
// problem now.
|
|
if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
|
|
CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
|
|
CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
|
|
|
|
for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
|
|
MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
|
|
M != MEnd; ++M) {
|
|
for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
|
|
SOEnd = M->second.end();
|
|
SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
|
|
assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
|
|
"Virtual function without overridding functions?");
|
|
if (SO->second.size() == 1)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
// C++ [class.virtual]p2:
|
|
// In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
|
|
// class subobject has more than one final overrider the
|
|
// program is ill-formed.
|
|
Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
|
|
<< (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
|
|
Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
|
|
diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
|
|
for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
|
|
OM = SO->second.begin(),
|
|
OMEnd = SO->second.end();
|
|
OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
|
|
Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
|
|
<< (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
|
|
|
|
Record->setInvalidDecl();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
|
|
Completed = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!Completed)
|
|
Record->completeDefinition();
|
|
} else {
|
|
ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
|
|
reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
|
|
if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
|
|
ID->setLocEnd(RBrac);
|
|
// Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
|
|
ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
|
|
ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
// Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
|
|
// duplicates.
|
|
if (ID->getSuperClass())
|
|
DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
|
|
} else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
|
|
dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
|
|
assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
|
|
for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
|
|
// Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
|
|
// Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
|
|
ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
|
|
CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
|
|
} else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
|
|
dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
|
|
// case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
|
|
// reported as errors elsewhere.
|
|
// FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
|
|
// CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
|
|
// Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
|
|
ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
|
|
CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Attr)
|
|
ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
|
|
|
|
// If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass,
|
|
// set the visibility of this record.
|
|
if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
|
|
AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
|
|
/// the given type T.
|
|
static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
|
|
llvm::APSInt &Value,
|
|
QualType T) {
|
|
assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
|
|
unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
|
|
|
|
if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
|
|
if (T->isSignedIntegerType())
|
|
--BitWidth;
|
|
return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
|
|
// (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
|
|
static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
|
|
// FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
|
|
// enum checking below.
|
|
assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
|
|
const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
|
|
QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
|
|
Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
|
|
};
|
|
QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
|
|
Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
|
|
Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
|
|
QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes
|
|
: UnsignedIntegralTypes;
|
|
for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
|
|
if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
|
|
return Types[I];
|
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
|
|
EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
|
|
SourceLocation IdLoc,
|
|
IdentifierInfo *Id,
|
|
Expr *Val) {
|
|
unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
|
|
llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
|
|
QualType EltTy;
|
|
if (Val) {
|
|
if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
|
|
EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
|
|
else {
|
|
// C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
|
|
SourceLocation ExpLoc;
|
|
if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
|
|
VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) {
|
|
Val = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
// C99 6.7.2.2p2:
|
|
// The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
|
|
// shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
|
|
// representable as an int.
|
|
|
|
// Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
|
|
if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
|
|
Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
|
|
<< EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
|
|
<< (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
|
|
else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
|
|
// Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
|
|
ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Enum->isFixed()) {
|
|
EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
|
|
|
|
// C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
|
|
// ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be
|
|
// represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed.
|
|
if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
|
|
if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) {
|
|
Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
|
|
ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast);
|
|
} else
|
|
Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large)
|
|
<< EltTy;
|
|
} else
|
|
ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
// C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
|
|
// If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
|
|
// is the type of its initializing value:
|
|
// - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
|
|
// initializing value has the same type as the expression.
|
|
EltTy = Val->getType();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!Val) {
|
|
if (Enum->isDependentType())
|
|
EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
|
|
else if (!LastEnumConst) {
|
|
// C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
|
|
// If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
|
|
// is the type of its initializing value:
|
|
// - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
|
|
// initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
|
|
//
|
|
// GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
|
|
// C99 6.7.2.2p3.
|
|
if (Enum->isFixed()) {
|
|
EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
EltTy = Context.IntTy;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Assign the last value + 1.
|
|
EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
|
|
++EnumVal;
|
|
EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
|
|
|
|
// Check for overflow on increment.
|
|
if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
|
|
// C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
|
|
// If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
|
|
// is the type of its initializing value:
|
|
//
|
|
// - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
|
|
// the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
|
|
// unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
|
|
// in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
|
|
// sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
|
|
// exists, the program is ill-formed.
|
|
QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
|
|
if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
|
|
// There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
|
|
// value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
|
|
EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
|
|
EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
|
|
++EnumVal;
|
|
if (Enum->isFixed())
|
|
// When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
|
|
Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
|
|
<< EnumVal.toString(10)
|
|
<< EltTy;
|
|
else
|
|
Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
|
|
<< EnumVal.toString(10);
|
|
} else {
|
|
EltTy = T;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
|
|
// type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
|
|
// value, then increment.
|
|
EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
|
|
EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType());
|
|
EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
|
|
++EnumVal;
|
|
|
|
// If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
|
|
// which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
|
|
// an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
|
|
// permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
|
|
// integral type.
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
|
|
Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
|
|
} else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
|
|
!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
|
|
// Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
|
|
Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
|
|
<< EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
|
|
// Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
|
|
// enumerator's type.
|
|
EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
|
|
EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
|
|
Val, EnumVal);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
|
|
SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
|
|
AttributeList *Attr,
|
|
SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) {
|
|
EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
|
|
EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
|
|
cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
|
|
Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val);
|
|
|
|
// The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until
|
|
// we find one that is.
|
|
S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
|
|
|
|
// Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
|
|
// scope.
|
|
NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
|
|
ForRedeclaration);
|
|
if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
|
|
// Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
|
|
DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
|
|
// Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
|
|
PrevDecl = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (PrevDecl) {
|
|
// When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
|
|
// enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
|
|
assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
|
|
"Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
|
|
if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
|
|
if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
|
|
Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
|
|
else
|
|
Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
|
|
Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// C++ [class.mem]p13:
|
|
// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
|
|
// name different from T:
|
|
// - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated
|
|
// type
|
|
if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
|
|
= dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
|
|
TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
|
|
if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
|
|
Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
|
|
|
|
EnumConstantDecl *New =
|
|
CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
|
|
|
|
if (New) {
|
|
// Process attributes.
|
|
if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
|
|
|
|
// Register this decl in the current scope stack.
|
|
New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
|
|
PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return New;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
|
|
SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
|
|
Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
|
|
Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
|
|
EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
|
|
QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
|
|
|
|
if (Attr)
|
|
ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
|
|
|
|
if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
|
|
EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
|
|
cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
|
|
if (!ECD) continue;
|
|
|
|
ECD->setType(EnumType);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
|
|
// long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
|
|
// emit a warning.
|
|
unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
|
|
unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth();
|
|
unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth();
|
|
|
|
// Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
|
|
// reverse the list.
|
|
unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
|
|
unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
|
|
|
|
// Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
|
|
bool AllElementsInt = true;
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
|
|
EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
|
|
cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
|
|
if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic.
|
|
|
|
const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
|
|
|
|
// Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
|
|
if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
|
|
NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
|
|
(unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
|
|
else
|
|
NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
|
|
(unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
|
|
|
|
// Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
|
|
if (AllElementsInt)
|
|
AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
|
|
QualType BestType;
|
|
unsigned BestWidth;
|
|
|
|
// C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
|
|
// An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
|
|
// type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
|
|
// of the following types that can represent all the values of
|
|
// the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
|
|
// int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
|
|
// C99 6.4.4.3p2:
|
|
// An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
|
|
// The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
|
|
QualType BestPromotionType;
|
|
|
|
bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
|
|
// -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
|
|
// enum definitions.
|
|
if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
|
|
Packed = true;
|
|
|
|
if (Enum->isFixed()) {
|
|
BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType();
|
|
// We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
|
|
// of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
|
|
// warn that it might be used uninitialized.
|
|
BestWidth = CharWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (NumNegativeBits) {
|
|
// If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
|
|
// int/long/longlong) that fits.
|
|
// If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
|
|
if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
|
|
BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
|
|
BestWidth = CharWidth;
|
|
} else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
|
|
NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
|
|
BestType = Context.ShortTy;
|
|
BestWidth = ShortWidth;
|
|
} else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
|
|
BestType = Context.IntTy;
|
|
BestWidth = IntWidth;
|
|
} else {
|
|
BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
|
|
|
|
if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
|
|
BestType = Context.LongTy;
|
|
} else {
|
|
BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
|
|
|
|
if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
|
|
Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
|
|
BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
|
|
// all of the enumerator values.
|
|
// If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
|
|
if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
|
|
BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
|
|
BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
|
|
BestWidth = CharWidth;
|
|
} else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
|
|
BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
|
|
BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
|
|
BestWidth = ShortWidth;
|
|
} else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
|
|
BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
|
|
BestWidth = IntWidth;
|
|
BestPromotionType
|
|
= (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
|
|
} else if (NumPositiveBits <=
|
|
(BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) {
|
|
BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
|
|
BestPromotionType
|
|
= (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
|
|
} else {
|
|
BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
|
|
assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
|
|
"How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
|
|
BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
|
|
BestPromotionType
|
|
= (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
|
|
// the type of the enum if needed.
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
|
|
EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
|
|
if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic.
|
|
|
|
// Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
|
|
// extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each
|
|
// enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
|
|
// same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
|
|
// that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
|
|
|
|
// Determine whether the value fits into an int.
|
|
llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
|
|
|
|
// If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match
|
|
// the enum decl type.
|
|
QualType NewTy;
|
|
unsigned NewWidth;
|
|
bool NewSign;
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
|
|
isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
|
|
NewTy = Context.IntTy;
|
|
NewWidth = IntWidth;
|
|
NewSign = true;
|
|
} else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
|
|
// Already the right type!
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
// C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
|
|
// enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
|
|
// enumeration.
|
|
ECD->setType(EnumType);
|
|
continue;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NewTy = BestType;
|
|
NewWidth = BestWidth;
|
|
NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Adjust the APSInt value.
|
|
InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
|
|
InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
|
|
ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
|
|
|
|
// Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
|
|
if (ECD->getInitExpr())
|
|
ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
|
|
CK_IntegralCast,
|
|
ECD->getInitExpr(),
|
|
/*base paths*/ 0,
|
|
VK_RValue));
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
// C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
|
|
// enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
|
|
// enumeration.
|
|
ECD->setType(EnumType);
|
|
else
|
|
ECD->setType(NewTy);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
|
|
NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *expr) {
|
|
StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
|
|
|
|
FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
|
|
Loc, AsmString);
|
|
CurContext->addDecl(New);
|
|
return New;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
|
|
SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
|
|
SourceLocation NameLoc) {
|
|
Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
|
|
|
|
if (PrevDecl) {
|
|
PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
|
|
} else {
|
|
(void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
|
|
std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
|
|
(Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
|
|
IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
|
|
SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
|
|
SourceLocation NameLoc,
|
|
SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
|
|
Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
|
|
LookupOrdinaryName);
|
|
WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
|
|
|
|
if (PrevDecl) {
|
|
if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
|
|
if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
|
|
DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
|
|
} else {
|
|
(void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
|
|
std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|